He Lectionary , Sources and History , Would No T Be Unwelcome

HE LECT IO N A RY

ITS SO UR CES AN D H I STO RY

JULES BAUDO T BENEDI CTI NE OF FARNBOROU G H

TRANSLAT ED FRO M THE FRENCH BY A MBROS E CA TOR O F T HE ORATORY

LONDON C A T H O L I C T R U T H S O C I E T Y 68 T A K B I DGE AD E SO U HW R R RO , S . .

1 9 1 0

TR AN SLATO R ’S PR EFACE

’ ’ I S o a u t ho r s o L e B revia ire TH bo k , like the previ us one , R oma in a translati o n o f which was published by the , 1 C 1 0 o f atholic Truth Society in 9 9 , is one a series which ha s been appearing in French under the

o o f R R D o m Ca b ro l A directi n the ight everend , bbot o f F o o arnb r ugh . The translator ha s ventured to add the present o ne t o E o n o the nglish works liturgy in the h pe that , f o f ollowing a knowledge the Breviary, some account o f it s the Lectionary , sources and history , would no t be unwelcome .

l o In rea ity this is something more than a translati n . 2 is o f t w o It rather an adaptation works , to which a considerable amount o f new matter ha s been added b o f y the author . The whole the Introduction ,

I o C . f o f IV C . hapter , and the sec nd hal hapter are new , as well as several shorter sections which have been

o inserted in the text at vari us places . Throughout the work the Douay version o f the Bible has been

1 S ci ence et R eli i n Et u des u r le t em s res o o ent . a s g p p p P ri ,

Lib a i B lo u d e Ci ru e M a da me . e t e . r ri , 4 2 ‘ L es L ect ionna ires et les Ev a n ela ires a r u e s B a u do g , p J l t , B ’ é nédictin de l Abba ye de Fa rnbo ro ugh . v i Tra nslat i ons P ref a ce

fo r o a nd E s adopted Scriptural quotati ns , the ngli h

b o f E d translations published y T . T . Clark in

fo r f f F burgh re erences rom the athers , wherever this has been po ssible . Without doub t there is an awakening interest in

D is b who the ivine Liturgy, as testiﬁed y the numbers frequent its recitati o n in Westminster Cathedral and

o u r o b in religious h uses , as well as y the notice it

o u r M a no t receives in newspapers . y we hope that all this is but s o much evidence o f the dawn o f a

C o o f o f la fo t o ath lic revival , and the return y lk

’ so their part in the Church s daily prayer , which was marked a feature o f E nglish Catholic life before the great upheaval o f the sixteenth century . The translato r further returns his most grateful

D o fo r C. . thanks to Mr. Gord n kindly undertaking the

o f f a nd o revision the proo s , especially to the auth r ,

D o m fo r Jules Baudot , his kindness in making

o so many interesting additi ns . Despite the man shortcomings o f this translation y , it is hoped that it may aff ord matter fo r instructi o n and thought among those w ho l o ng to se e this E ngland o f ours once more united in o ne Fold and

o ne C under Shepherd , and the atholic Church in England again take her share in shaping the lives o f o u r fellow - countrymen in regard to their dutie s to

God and their neighbour .

D 2 8t h Ma 1 1 0 LON ON , y 9 . CO NTENT S

I NTRO DUCTION

A ER E D CH PT I . FIRST P RIO

GE N ESIS O F T H E LE CTI ONAR I ES AND E VANGEL A R I ES D UR I NG TH E FI RST FI VE CENTURI ES

1 B o o k s rimi ive l e m lo ed—The ﬁrs Chris ia ns . p t y p y t t re c eive t he Bo o ks o f t he Old Te sta me nt (La w a nd Pro — ph e t s) fro m t he Jews The pa rtic u la r Chu rc h e s tra nsmit t o o ne a no ther th a t whic h e re l o ng is t o c o nstitu te t he w Ne Te sta ment . 2 E xis enc e o f t h e Le c io ns in t he ﬁrs Ch is ia n M ee . t t t r t t — ings The Distrib u tio n o f t he Pa ssage s b efo re t he Fo rma t io n o f t he Co llec io ns t .

A E E D E D CH PT R II . S CON P RIO

TH E LECTI ONAR I ES AND EVANGELAR IE S FROM TH E S IXT H TO THE TWELFT H CENTUR I ES

TH I . E SOURCES OR DOCU M ENTS

I . The Lec io na es Fo r t h E a t ri e st . Fo r t he es W t . — 2 . The E va n ela ries Fo r t he Ea s g t. Fo r t he e s W t . v iii Conl ent s

P A G E TH E D I STR I BUTI ON O F TH E LECTI ONS

i s— r t a I Th e Le c io na e Fo h e E s . . t r t Fo r t h e es W t. — The Co mes The Agre e ment b etwe en t he Ga mes a nd t h e Wo rk o f Alc uin a nd Amala ire - The Amb ro sia n Litu rgy The M o za ra b ic a nd Ce ltic Li u r t gy. 2 Th va l — h e E n e a rie Fo r t e E a s . . g s t Fo r t he es W t .

A — D D CH PTE R III . THIR PERIO

LECTIONAR I ES AND E VAN GE LAR I E S FROM TH E E L EVENTH To T HE FI FTEENTH CENTU R I ES

I GE E L G L E HE D M E S . N RA ANC AT T OCU NT

ies I The Le c io na r . . t 2 The Eva n ela ries . g .

II D I S I I O F H E LE I S . TR BUT ON T CT ON

I The Le c io na rie s . t .

2 The E va n ela ries . . g

I I I M I L F R L I . C ERE ON A OBSERVED O TH E ECT ON S

I The Lec io na ries . . t 2 Th E va n ela rie s e . . g

IV I E I E E I D E I O F H E . NT R OR AND XT R OR CORAT ON T

E VANGE LA R I E S .

CHAPTE R IV

A GENER AL SUR VEY O F TH E LE CTI ONS TH E ROM AN M ISSAL

I Th i e Le c o na ries . . t h v n 2 T e E a e la ri . . g es

CONCLUSION THE LECTIO N A RY

ITS SO URCES AND H ISTO RY

INTRODU CTI O N

‘ '

. e z rzes I PRE LI MI NARY N OTI O NS . By L e zo na is meant , in a general way, the liturgical books contain ing the special passages o f Holy Scripture which are read in the public services , particularly at the Mass .

e f leet io nes The expression is deriv d rom the Latin word ,

’ a translation o f the Greek Avd'yuw0' et g or

To c e designate these deta hed passages , the Gr eks also

w e t o 'zra i se ment a f employed the word p x (Latin g ) , rom

erico es which we have got the word p p . To give the generic notion : it is applied to the

o f o f Old entire collection Bible extracts , either the o r New Testament . In a more restricted sense the word L ec t iona ry designates the ra re book o f extracts fro m the Old Testament ; thus the name shows that

t he at ﬁrst the genus was employed to express Species .

A s o o f to the porti ns the New Testament , distinct denominations can be given them according to whether 2 Tli e L eoi iona i j/

f o r A they were taken rom the Gospels , cts and

E o f A pistles the postles . Thus the collection co ntaining the lesso ns from

' the Gospel is called by the Greeks a yy ekco u or ’ 8 - E o f Ex7\o y oi w v 7 06 ezia yyekio v. ur pean scholars O ten call the Gosp el L ec t iona ry by the name E va ngelia rinnz or E va ngelist a riu m ; but some printed Greek lec t io na rie s reserve this latter expression t o designate the ﬁnal list in which the days are set out with the

o passages which ught to be read . In regard to the collection o f lessons taken from

A o f A o r E the cts the postles the pistles , the name

’ o r Hp a fa w o o v o h o g is ad o pted by the

o f Greeks . The ﬁrst these words is the more preval f f ent , the second being more o ten used to signi y the collections in which the text is given in its entirety .

A o e m ng the Gre ks , these liturgical books are not the only ones containing either the ecclesiastical lessons or the indications relative to the reading o f the Bible in the public ofﬁces ; they are found also in the

E no lo ies M enolo i es o . , g etc g , In the Cnnro/zes of t he West the expression L ee ,

’ ’ t iona rj/ is frequently used t o designate the A7 ro a-7 - o 7\09 é o f E a ekio v. the Greeks , and in Opposition to the yy Thus it is that among us the expressions are taken in a particular sense distinct from the primordial sense L ect iona ry, is the collection o f the A cts o f the

A a nd o f E E va n ela / postles the pistles , g m is the collection o f the Go spels ; the two words refer to I nt rodu ct ion 3

t w o distinct part s o f the New Testament . It is in

fo r this lat ter se nse that we wish to speak , we intend ex clu sively t o occ upy ou rselves with the collections o f the West ern L it u rgy we Shall say a word on pa ssa nt o f

E astern collections . The two terms were employed to designate the

o o f collecti ns having the complete text the lessons , o r else t he tables in which only the beginning and the end o f the lesso ns ﬁgured : those who wanted to be precise gave t o the complete collecti o ns the name o f

P lena riu m E ist ola r o r E va n ela r , p y , g y , and to the

t he o f Ca it u lczr o r B revia o f tables name p y ry, the

E pistles o r Gospels . A generic name was given t o the combinati o n o f the two it was called the Comes o r

r L r icu s d O Lioer Co init is o ibe Corn . The desire bject was either to mark the name o f a great person t o

d o r whom the collection was edicated , else the use that the priests o f the Church ought t o make o f it ; they were to consider it as an inseparable companion , the contents o f which they ought Often t o read and 1 o n meditate . D IVI I N — f II . S O The ollowing is the order in which 1 i D u a n e Glossa r . S ee a so n o s o f B . To mma si C g , y l w rk ,

v . . 2 1 . t he prefa ce t o o l. v p The s ense o f t he wo rd Lectio na ry in Agro b a rd is ha rdly ' sa tisfa cto ry : L iber lect io nu m ex cliv i nis lion s c o ngru a ra t i one — co llect u s it se ems t o o gene ra l ; no r is t he signiﬁca tio n tha t t he sa me wo rd re ce ived in t he eleve nth a nd twe lfth centu rie s th en it u sed t o de si na e t he o e io n o f e io ns u sed in t h e fﬁ g t c ll ct l ct O ce , inde e nden o f Ho i u e Ho mi ie s e mo ns a ssio ns p t ly Scr pt r ( l , S r , P , T i i t o ide s n s o f t he a s . s s o a e se Ac t M rtyr ) h w . 4 Tko L ect iona ry

f this work will be divided . It will contain our

f o i s t . r chapters , distributed as oll ws In thef we shall speak o f the genesis o f the Lectionaries and E van

r s s econd ge la ie during the first five centuries . In the chapter we shall deal with the sou rces or docu ment s fo r the Lectionarie s and E va ngela ries during the fifth to E the eleventh centuries , both in the ast and West .

t hird fo The , subdivided into ur articles , will enable us to get a general idea o f the Lectionaries and

E va n e la rie s t he ir dist rib u t io n c e re mo nia l g , , , and interior

e f f ornam ntation , rom the eleventh to the ﬁ teenth f centuries . The ourth chapter will be a general

o f R survey o f the lections the oman Missal . In conclusion some o f the lessons to be learne d ,

se t fo o f will be rth , in the hope rendering this little work more proﬁtable CH A PTE R I

F I R S T P E R IOD

The Genes is o f t he Le c t io na ries a nd E va ngela ries du ring t he Firs t Five Ce nt u ries

THE collections as we no w know them cannot be traced back earlier than the ﬁfth century it does not seem that they existed in those distant ages , but are rather the result o f uses which at ﬁrst varied according to times and needs .

Tbe P ra ct ice o t /ze A ost les — o f I . f p The custom reading Holy Scripture in the liturgical ofﬁces goes back t o the infancy o f the Church it is generally f ‘ thought that the usage was borrowed rom the Jews .

o f o f fo r The ancient synag gue, ever ull veneration the

o f inspired books , always read each Saturday a part the Pentateuch and a small section o f the prophetic books : the distribution was made in such a manner as to e nsure the complete reading o f the two parts o f the Bible during the year . The Saviour entered the “ z synagogue at Na areth one day , and rose up to read

d i S t Is o D e cc lesia st c zs P . i . e E i i s o cz L . . . i r , ﬁ , . , t lxxx i c 7 44 7 4 5 6 The L ect io na ry and the book o f the pro phet Isaias was delivered unto

Him (St . Luke iv . The disciple , speaking in the f f A o f A o f o . cts the postles the journey St Paul , urther instructs us o n the practice o f the synagogues They came t o A ntioch in Pisidia : and entering into the

o And synagogue on the Sabbath day , they sat d wn .

f o f a ter the reading the Law and the Prophets , the

o f t o Ye rulers the synagogue sent them , saying men ,

if o u a n o o f o brethren , y have y w rd exh rtation to

o A 1 make to the pe ple , speak ( cts xiii . 4

o a nd The act was taken as an instructi n , the early Christian assemblies were sanctiﬁed by the reading o f

o o o A s the H ly B ks . the parts which were to form the New Testament were communicated to the

o f o f churches , the reading them was added to that ld the O Testament . Some interpreters have seen an

’ o f allusion to the reading St. Luke s Gospel in this passage O f St . Paul We have also sent with him (he speaks o f Titus) the brother whose praise is in the

2 o r gospel through all the churches ( C . viii . This other recommendation o f the great Apostle also “ bears o n our subject : And when this epistle shall have been read with you , cause that it be read also in the church o f the Laodiceans and that you read that

f o o C . which is the Laodiceans ( ol ss iv .

h eco d ent u — S n t . 1 'n t e C r . S 6 II . y Justin (1 3) in his writings throws some light o n the R oman and Palestinian traditions in o ne o f his Apologia s he speaks o f the Christian meetings on the Sundays? It in t he Third Cent u ry 7

w a s there customary t o read the memoirs o f the A postles (expression meaning t he Gospels) and the

o f fa r e e writings the Prophets as as time p rmitt d . Af terwards , when the reader had ﬁnished , he who was presiding gave some advice and exhorted those p re 1 sent to practise so excellent a doctrine .

'n t he Third Cent u r 2 a I I I . y , Tertullian (1 43) be rs “ witness t o the practice in Africa and R ome The R C oman hurch , he says , adds the Law and the Pro phe t s to the writings o f the Apostles and E vangelists 2 o f f fo O f t o n urish its aith . There are there ore ur kinds books from which extracts are read either at o ne ” ff 2 meeting or else at di erent ones . O rigen (1 5 4) 3 alludes t o these fo ur readings in o ne o f his homilies : “ o f Several passages are read , but to speak them it will b be etter to divide them into two parts . First there comes the history o f Nabal o f Carmel and his conduct towards David ( 1 Kings then the

o o f D d o f Z ihi acc unt avid hiding in the esert iph ( d. ’ o f D t o A c hiz thirdly the story avid s ﬂight , king ibid o f Geth ( . lastly the celebrated account o f

f o f ihi the witch calling orth the shade Samuel ( d. To explain these four accounts would be too deep a matter even fo r those who could deduce t he

t o be f lessons learnt rom them , and would nee d a

1 - P . . . . l . 6 G Vi 2 0 A o o . . ﬁ g. i 7 , , t c 4 9 43

2 f e P ra scri t io nihu s L. . ii. . . D p , P. , t C 49 3 mil . i n I li b B e u dc n a st r m P . m i t . . H a . E h o G . x n. g g y , , t

C . I O I I . 8 The L ect iona ry

’ o o A nd so treatise f s me hours length . the Bishop

o chooses which passage he will put bef re his hearers .

Fo r instance , the Bishop may say, let us explain f 1 A the story o the witch . The lexandrian catechist adds some further details to those indicate d by St . Justin according to him in the meetings held fo r the ,

o f o f celebration the Holy Mysteries , many chapters Holy Scripture were read although each chapter followed it seems that they picked o u t certain , episo des and omitted others ; the lector was distinct from those who were appointed by the Bishop to preach it seems that the di fferent lections to ok up the

o f ﬁrst part a meeting , and that the instruction which followed ended with a prayer . Through the lections the order o f lector w a s introduced ; fro m the end o f the second century, it appeared as a special order, whose privilege it was to read the sacred books (including the 2 C Gospel) in the liturgical services . St . yprian , Bishop o f Carthage (1' regarded this order so highly that

o f o n A f o f f he c n erred it urelian , con essor the aith , in 3 fo r reward his courage in face o f persecution . The Ca nons of Hippolyt us and the Egyp t ia n Ap ost olic

Const it u t ion (a third - century document) speak o f the lector as a minister charged with a public Ofﬁce in the 4 C . f o hurch It seems , indeed , that r m this age in ,

1 mil . i I . ib. e P H o n l R m de m . . . x i 1 0 u E n ast ri t ho G i . . 1 I . g g y , , t c ’ 2 r — D u e sne Orz i nes du c u lt e chret i en . 0 6. ch , lg , pp 33 33 3 i E is L . an P t . . . . . 2 8 . St Cypr , p 33, . , t iv c 3 4 o ub is ed b H Ac helis Die c a no nes H i o 't i in W rk p l h y . , pp b , d n ers i n i e u U t . Le z 1 . a a d . Tex t n 1 8 . f s . . 0 I 1 , p ig, 9 , t vi c 4, pp 7 9 in t he F ou rt h Cent u ry 9

certain assemblies , they took to adapting the passages which were read to the di fferent seasons o f the year thus Origen tells that the book o f Job was re ad dur “ o o f : ing Lent, and he gives the reas n it In the

o f f f o f meetings the aith ul , he says at the beginning

“ ’ o f ff his explanation , the account Job s su erings is read o n the days o f fasting and abstinence : during

o these days , th se who are doing penance thus take their part in the admirable passion o f the Saviour ff Jesus , in order that , partaking in His terrible su er

His f c . ings , they may merit to arrive at joy ul resurre tion In the person o f Jo b there is represented something o f o this passi n and resurrection , as those know who have meditated on his history carefully : this

o f ff sa nc t iﬁc a t io n is why in these days su erings , , privation , we read , meditate , and examine into the ’ ” 1 o f o b account J s passion .

I 'n t he ou t h e t u V. F r C n ry the evidence becomes

fo r z more abundant, and accounts the characteri ation o f local practices concerning the lections . The eighth book o f the Ap os tolic Const it u t ions in connection ,

o o f o o f with the episc pal ordination , speaks the lecti n

E A o f the Law , the Prophets , the pistles the cts the ,

A o 2 A p stles , and also the Gospels . ccording to the

Test a ment o t he L ord f , the lectors read the Prophets and the other lessons at an appointed place , but a

A oli priest or a deacon read the Gospel . The p ost c Const it u t ions even indicate t he books o f the Old and

1 2 i. P . G . xi . P G . . 1 0 6 , t . , t . i c . 7 . 1 0 The L ec t iona ry

1 b o New Testaments which were read y the lect rs .

F o urther, also , in certain auth rs we have some more precise indications o f the da y on which the lections

. A have a place ccording to Socrates , Scripture was read at the masses o f Sunday then o n the vigils and ,

F E re station days , Wednesday and riday. long the

2 ' E i h niu s . a Saturday was added St. p p (1 it is

s true , as erts that the usage was particular to certain 3 io o . E P ere rina t t n places theria , in her g , instruc s us

o f the practice Jerusalem in the fourth century.

R ea ll she o y, points out what were the lections through ut

fo . r the year They were the ordinary Sundays , the Gospe l o f the Resurrection at the ofﬁce o f vigils fo r

2 2 fo r o f the Puriﬁcation , St . Luke ii . the Saturday Lazarus (that is t o say the Saturda befo re Palm , y

— f r . 1 2 o m Sunday, St John xi . and xii . 1 Pal

. fo r Sunday , St Matt . xxi . Holy Tuesday , evening — f . t . fo r o O ﬁce, St Mat xxv 3 4 ; Wednesday in H ly

f o f fo r Week , evening o ﬁce , the betrayal Judas ;

f . 8 Holy Thursday, evening o ﬁce, St . Matt . xxvi 3 6 t h . e or St Mark xiv. 3 ; Holy Thursday, night ,

x q 1 fo r F t he St . Luke . 4 ; Good riday , night , F . . 0 . St Matt xxvi 4 ; Good riday , the night, St

x x u 8 fo r Luke . 4 ; Holy Saturday , in the morn

1 ma ni a n e 1 8 . 2 Test a ment u m e d. Ra M e h , y c , 99, p 4

b ii . 2 8 A st olic o nst it u t ions k. . . P . G . i. . . po C , C 5 7 , , t c 7 2 o a es Hist . E cc l . . 2 2 P. G . . i . . 6 6 . S e e a so S cr t , , v , , t lxv i c 3 l

ii . 0 vii . 2 2 i . . . t h e A ost o lic o ns t it u t i ons . . 2 . p C , c 5 9 v. c c vi i c 33

. i . 0 1 0 1 1 1 . P . G . . , t c 7 44, 9 4, 3, 33 3 8 2 P . G . . x i . . , t l i c . 3

1 2 The L ect iona ry

o f f o f wards the end the ourth century, one ﬁnds pro at Antioch o f a regulated division each Sunday and f ma east had a lection assigned in advance . We y

o o indeed appeal to the writings o f St . John Chrys st m (T It happens that in a particular circumstance he invites his hearers to prepare the passage that he 1 A will explain at the next meeting. gain , we see in the writings o f the holy doctor that Genesis was read f b o f t o rom the eginning Lent Passion week , and at

o A o f A o Pentec st the cts the p stles were read ,

o f because the events related there which are , as it ,

ﬁrs - f t o f o f . were , the ruits the descent the Holy Spirit O n the feasts o f martyrs three or four times a week ,

E o f when the stations were established , the pistles f . o f C o St Paul were read ; on the days the ross , the

R o f f esurrection , and other easts , the accounts relat 2 F A ing to them were read . rom ntioch the practice

Co f passed to nstantinople, and rom this latter it spread

O . to the Greek rthodox Churches It had , however , some di ff erences arising out o f local uses ; the order also underwent some modiﬁcations in the course o f time

o f o u r it is not p art plan to go into that here. What it is important t o reali z e is that at the end o f the fourth century the practice o f reading passages Of Scripture

: was universal , and was regarded already as ancient in

o this practice the lection o f the Gospe l was left t choice .

1 a d z mili e La a i i . se a o H mi i P . s H o ro i . . i 6 e o l . G . . , , , t xlv i c 9 3 l

M a t h . . 2 1 66 c . i n . e t , t lvii c , , 2 - ii . 0 1 P . G . . 1 1x . . . S ee . . 2 . c . 1 . , t l i c 7 4 ; t li t c 39 in t he F ift h Cent u ry 1 3

If we turn to the West , we ﬁnd the same practice f established in the ourth century , with the same diver s o f o it y details . Let us l ok at some points among

o f A ' many others in the works St . mbrose (1

o f o n He speaks lessons read in the church , the occasion o f a passage from Jo b o n the day o f the ﬁnding o f

o f the bodies SS . Gervase and Protase , he gives an f instruction to his people, and re ers there to the gospel o f e the man born blind , which happ ned to be the 1 At o f A lection . Milan in the time St . mbrose , the , lessons at Mass were three in number : the Prophetic lesson or Old Testament) the Apostolic lesson o r ( , (

E on f o f pistle) , the Gospel lesson ; the easts saints

f Ges t a the ﬁrst was replaced by a lesson rom the . — V 'n t he Fi t h Cent u r E . f y The ast continues to

o f t o u s o f present a diversity uses , but the practice f reading the Holy Scriptures is always to the ore .

’ d hr o . C so st o m s The Pr phetic lesson , which uring St y d A time prece ed the postolic lesson and Gospel lesson ,

o f was suppressed in the course this century . This C f took place at onstantinople likewise, a terwards at R A ome ; certain churches , however , retained it . nother practice spread itself in t he E ast ; the liturgy there was under t he inﬂuence o f the Dia t essa ro n o f Tatian , the ﬁrst type o f a harmony o f the Gospels ; a pericope was formed from verses ta ken from different parts o f the same Gospel sometimes even from different ,

v Gospels . This practice was Obser ed in particular fo r

1 E ist . a i e is 0 a d FW rce l nu m t 2 P . L. l . v x i . . p 33, , p , , t . . c 997 1 4 The L ect iona ry

o f the history the Passion . Such seems to have been

o f o f the case in the churches Syria, and it is this that Theo do ret o f Cyrrhu s (T4 5 8) complains in his writings : I have myself come across more than two hundred examples o f the Dia t essa ron in u se in our churches : I have collected them in order to substitute ” fo r o f f E 1 them the narratives the our vangelists .

e The evidence is explicit , it agre s and ﬁts in with the 2 o f hypothesis P . Savi ; but , to be exact and precise , it cannot be applied to the churches o f which The o do re t spe aks ; nor d o es it in any way weaken

E o f C o f 3 what theria has told us the hurch Jerusalem .

if C o f E Let us add , it is desired , that the hurch dessa

o f C rrhu s imitated that y , and that at the same period the bishop R a bb o u le r (1 4 35 ) made every eff ort t o pro 4 D ia ssa ron The scribe the t e . Western Church had no d f need to rece e rom these liturgical errors , and one may

o f A mention that the attempt St . ugustine remained

f f e o f unsuccess ul he wished , a ter the mann r Tatian , to estab lish the use o f interpolating in the text o f an Evangelist certain words taken from the other 5 A . 0 synoptics , but without success . St ugustine (1 4 3 ) was a witness as to the practice o f the liturgical

1 a et i ca ru m t a bu la ra m c o m endi u m i . 2 0 P G . H r . . p , c , ,

1 iii . 1 . t . xxx . c 37 2 ev u e B ibli u e 1 8 . 2 6. R g , 93, p 3

’ 3 l n i Ca b ro Et u de su r la P ere n na t io A e d e s . D . , g , pp c , pp — 1 68 1 69 . 4 l é s ria u e . 8 R ub en D u a L a it t ra t u re . v l , y q , p 4 5 2 P L . iii. 1 1 08 . S e mon 2 . . . r 3 , , t xxxv c t he Fift h Cent u ry 1 5

C f lections in the Western hurch in the ﬁ th century,

C fo r C o f just as St . hrysostom was the hurch the E Af ast it seems , indeed , that in his day in rica , as at R ome , there was no Prophetic lection at Mass except o n certain days if he sometimes speaks o f three

t he lessons , it is that he means by epistle the psalm 1 f o which is placed be ore the gospel . His explanati n 2 o f ex ordine lect ionu m St . John makes one think that d they still rea a book right through there were ,

o h wever, certain interruptions , in the lections as in the

fo r o n f commentary, Pascal easts it was customary to

d o f o f C rea the accounts the resurrection Jesus hrist , f which were taken successively rom St. Matthew , St . 3 o n Mark , St . Luke . The Passion was only read

o o F G d riday, and always that according to St . Matthew . O n f 4 Holy Saturday the o ﬁce included many lessons ,

f o f t he etc . Thus , rom the sermons great doctor we can determine the number o f the Go spel pericopes read at

fo r o Hippo , andsometimes ﬁx the epistle the c rrespond

. A n o f o f ing days examination the Sermons St . Leo (1 46 1 ) leads us t o the same result with regard to t he C R f hurch at ome , and here and there is ound an exact 5 correspondence between the lections then and now .

1 S e P m n 1 6 I . L. r o . iii . 02 5 , , , t xxxv . c 9 . 2 L P . . xv. 1 . , t . xx c . 97 7 3 Mid . 2 0 a nd i i. . 1 1 0 0 1 1 . , c 45 , t . xxxv i c 4, 7 1‘ P i . 1 L . . x 82 . , t lv . c . 5 Fo r e a m e fo r t he e is e fo r t h e ﬁ s u nda in Le n x pl , p tl r t S y t, S e m 0 r n P . L i o . . l x. 2 68 fo r t h e o s o f h 4 , , t c . g p el t e eve o f t he se o nd u nda o f Le n S ermo n 1 ibiol 0 . e . c S y t, 5 , , c 3 3, t c 1 6 The L ect iona ry

The result o f these quotations shows us that o n the o ne hand the practice o f reading the holy boo ks was

universal , but that on the other a great liberty was

a nd allowed to the particular churches , that con

sequently the usages varied according to places . D 1 d Monsignor uchesne proves un eniably that , up to

h o f o ne t e e . f tim St Benedict , church varied rom another very considerably in the organi z ation o f the ofﬁces (distribution o f psalms and their assignation

fo r ff o f o f di erent hours the day and parts the year) . The provincial councils strove to regulate the details f in and to bring about some uni ormity. When it was

t ro du c ed e , this result was due to the B nedictine rule

o f R in use in the monasteries ome . St . Benedict ,

o f in the ordinance the monastic rule, gives us the ﬁrst complete and detailed account o f the canonical ofﬁce such as it was in the preceding centuries (till towards the year 5 2 9 o r Fo r it was not in vented by him ; he borrowed his distribution o f the

e f f psalms , l ssons , etc as he himsel tells us , rom the R oman Church and from the other churches o f Italy

o f fo f Fo r in the neighbourhood which he und himsel .

o d the lecti ns in particular, he lays own that they are t o

be read at least once in the year in their entirety , the O ld and New Testaments , with ﬁtting commentaries ,

f O C o F chosen rom the best rthodox ath lic athers (ch .

f R f fo r 1 8 2 o . 9 , , 4 the ule) He allots our lessons each nocturn ; those o f the ﬁrst are taken from the Old 1 ’ 6— O ines da u l e chret ien . ri c t . g , pp 43 437 in t he Fif t h Cent u ry 1 7

e o f f Testament thos the second likewise , rom Holy

e Scripture or the comm ntaries , homilies , and sermons

e o f t he f o f the Fathers ; thos third , rom the New

A A E o r A o Testament ( cts , postolic pistles , the p c a lyp se) the Gospel which ﬁnished t he whole is to be f recite d by the Abbot himsel . St . Benedict does not very explicitly say which passage o f the Gospel it is to be , but we may suppose that he had in view the

e o f f pericop the Sundays and easts , in use at this time in his own country , and such as was sung in the

Mass .

We f t he shall see , in the ollowing chapter, that , at pe riod at which we place the composition o f t he

ff e Benedictine rule, di rent collections or capitularies o f d Did lessons existe in particular churches . St . Gregory the Great (5 90 who himself took such

f o f R a great part in the per ecting the oman Liturgy ,

’ co mpose a lectionary in accord with liturgical ordin ” a nc e s ? Y e s if We may say , we accept it on the

o f A Ama la riu s f later witness lcuin and . In the pre ace “ o f the Comes a b A lbino emenda t u s we read : After having ﬁnished the Comes we have deemed it well (dig‘ na m et necessa riu m dux imu s) to add in the form o f an appendix certain lessons determined o n by some

fo r V o f o r F learned men the igils the Pasch the erias . The very learned a uthor o f the above c o lle c

o f tion has omitted them , in imitation what Pope ” A ma la riu s Gregory did in his Sacramentary . also bears witness that the Lectionary commonly followed 2 1 8 The L ec t iona ry

in his time was not in agree ment with the orde r o f the

e A do E cclesza st icis o cizis . Gr gorian ntiphonary ( ﬁ , bk

L CV. 1 0 0 . . . iii . ch . 4 , P . , t 5 , col There was in

e . r ality , then , a Gregorian Lectionary We may believe

o f that the system lessons created by St . Benedict and

r o f d St . Grego y the Great , the ﬁrst Pope his or er ,

o f remained unaltered until the time Charlemagne .

I A s t he o ne V . to collections , only ﬁnds , during this

e e u o f ﬁrst p riod , som man scripts the Bible giving the

e o u t text in its entir ty . No place is marked as to when to stop the president o f the meeting chose the passage to read , and stopped the reader when he

o th ught ﬁt . Later, when they began to have a deter

e u se mined text , th y nevertheless still continued to complete Bibles in which were to be found the begin

n o f ni g and end the lessons , marked either in the

o r o f o margin in a table put at the beginning the v lume . Afterwards they used to mark the lessons fo r the differe nt days o f the year in the books O f the Bible and 1 even in the Gospels ; thus came about the collecti o ns

o f o o f spoken in the Introduction . The hist ry the f collections only commences in the ﬁ th century .

1 1 06 D om Gué ra n er I nstit u t i o ns Mgr. p . g , i i u es . i i. . 2 1 . lit u rg q , t p 7

2 0 The L ect i o na ry

f o b preserving the oundati n , but y excising, adding to, F and changing many things . rom this liturgy arose the different Syriac liturgies and the Armenian

o f liturgy. The rarity Greek manuscripts makes us think that this rite has long since ceased t o be f generally observed ; in act , it has been generally

o f C supplanted by the liturgy onstantinople (Smith , ” D iet o hrist A nt i C . . . . f g , Liturgy, p h f t e e o . r This liturgy, which bears nam St Ch y so st o m o f , is the same period as those bearing the

o f . : names St. Basil and St James it appears to be in a great measure a detailed account Of the ceremonial observed at the assemblies in which

C e . St . hrysostom r ad his homilies Some alterations

o f have been made in it , due to the inﬂuence the

Nestorian heresy . Lastly the liturgy o f Alexandria is known under ,

o f the name St . Mark , and has more in common with the Ethiopian liturgy than with the liturgy o f

Constantinople . The only p o int o n which these di ff erent liturgie s

Of l agree in the subject the essons , is that the epistle and gospel are read in the ﬁrst part o f the Mass ;

t o R e na u do t f o f but , according , the per ormance these lections was fa r fro m being everywhere the same if the passage which was preached o n was taken from the lection , there was a certain latitude in the choice b o f . the text The ta les , which have been attempted ’C b e e n t a ke n to be drawn up at a later period , have The S ou rces or Doc u ment s 2 1 from some docume nts o f which the most ancient 1 belong to t he ninth century . In the Greek Church there is a great simplicity in the distribution o f the lections taken from the book o E fo r t he f t he Acts or the pistles as Gospels .

r Save fo the Sundays , which seem to have received f f a special passage , o ten taken rom the collection

e which was read at the same period each w ek , the daily reading followed the order o f the chap ters in

fo r At the book assigned the season . the same time

o f that the Gospel St . John was read , during the seven

E o f wee ks between aster and Pentecost , the book the Acts was read ; with the reading o f the Gospel

' according to St . Matthew coincides that o f the E pistle to t he R omans and the ﬁrst to the Corinthians ; f E with St . Luke ollows the second pistle to the C E orinthians , the pistles to the Galatians, to the E C phesians , to the Philippians , and to the olossians

. c lastly, with St Mark come the ﬁrst and se ond E pistles to the Thessalonians , ﬁrst and second to

Timothy . Lent is largely occupied with the reading o f f e o f E Genesis, ollow d by the reading the pistle to

. t h the Hebrews In this distribution , neither e Catholic 2 A ﬁ u re Epistles nor the pocalypse g .

F t he West — o ne or . When comes t o study the

1 S ee ene I nt rodu ct ion t o t he ri t icism Scriv r, C of t he N ew — Test a ment . . 80 8 a nd m D ict iona r o h , i pp 9 ; S ith , y f C rist ia n ” A u it ies Le o na . a nd f nt i o o n . q , cti ry, p 95 5 ll wi g 2 S ee mi Di c t io na r o hri st ia n A nt i u it ies S th , y f C g , a rticle ” Le o na . . cti ry, p 95 5 2 2 The L ec t iona ry

e Western liturgies , our att ntion is arrested by the question o f primitive unity : what is the point o f

ff t he R A di erence which separates oman , mbrosian ,

z o r C e f Gallican , Mo arabic , eltic liturgi s rom each

? A o f other good number more recent authors ,

o o ne o am ng whom may reckon Pr bst , think that the Latin liturgical type was primitively represented by a R oman liturgy which was quite distinct from the Greek liturgies and which gave rise t o the Gallican , O D liturgy, etc . thers , including Mgr. uchesne , think there undoubtedly was a R oman liturgy ; but R Milan , as well as ome , was a leading centre, and E received the astern inﬂuence in her liturgy , which she e t h transmitted to the other West rn liturgies , e 1 z Gallican , the Mo arabic , etc . . Without going t o o f deeply into this question , we must not orget , when

E va n e la rie s studying the g in the Western liturgy, that the bishops had full powe r to regulate the lections in their churches . In the Latin Church an important docume nt attracts the attention o f those who study the Lectionaries ; 2 es n it is the Com . The reputation this has e joyed from earliest times was such that many liturgists have

r . e att ibuted the composition to St Jerom . Hence the title with which it is made to begin : Epist ola

1 S ee D . Ga b o Or i nes lit u r i u es . 0 a nd a end r l, ig g q , p 3 , pp ix,

. fo a t t h s o f u m r a n e a e a e t he es o n a t t he i e. p 349, gl c t t q ti t 2 S o me o the r deta ils are given in t he fo llo wing sectio n a bo u t t he mes Co . The S ou rces o r Doc u ment s 2 3

missa a d Cons t a nt iu m s nct i Hieron mi . a y This opinion ,

o f o c mmonly received , ound its supp rt in a preconceived opinion that no o ne would dare call in doubt at the “ s period when the Comes a w the light . Whatever

o fo r o r church bo ks exist, whatever purpose in regard

o f f to the needs priests , must have emanated rom the

o f D o r c o rre c hand the Holy octor , at least received

f . S ee R tions and been per ected by his hand anke,

P erico ens st em . 2 2 . p y , p 5 9 , note f But the pre atory letter, studied more closely , does

not permit o f this attribution . The author says that ,

in the holy books , he has taken what seemed to him

most concise most u se u l most su it a hle t o ea ch ea s t , f , f ,

e that he has arranged these passages in a c rtain order.

f C E ve He begins the year rom hristmas , and sets aside fo r each feast lessons from the Old and New

A he Testaments (Prophets , postles , Gospels) ; adds di fferent moral passages o f Scripture fo r the sake O f e diﬁc a t i n f o . , especially in Lent The pre erence given by the autho r o f the Comes to the Vulgate should be

R no t noted , which in the oman circle could be

o fo r f D acc unted be ore the sixth century . . Morin

’ ’ R evu e B e ed 1 8 1 6 n 0 . f ( , 9 , p 4 ) makes the ollowing observations o n it At the period at which the le tte r

. u se o f t he attributed to St Jerome appeared , the Lectionary was commonly re ce ived among Church — peo ple Comes was the name given it - the author o f the letter consents t o write o ne fo r liturgical use , at the wish o f Constantius - it is o ne bishop a d 2 4 The L ect iona ry

dressing an o ther - the order followed shows a connecti o n with the liturgical order o f R ome as b it is determined y the Sacramentaries , Gelasian

and Gregorian . The Prophetic lesson was not yet

Comes suppressed when the was written , as it was 1 o f o ne later in the time St . Gregory. Hence should 1 0 place the compilation between 47 and 5 5 , that is

s a f o f t he to y, be ore the settlement Latin liturgy by ” St . Gregory the Great. Unde r these circumstances the paternity o f the Comes may perhaps be attributed

V o f f — C 1 . to ictor apua , who was bishop rom 54 5 54 Some have wanted to assign the composition o f

m s 0 the Co e to St . Leo the Great 44 R anke ( ,

P erico ens s t em 2 —2 8 in his work p y , pp . 5 4 5 essays to , establish it by some comparisons between the lessons assigned in the compilations and the sermons o f this pontiff but he ought to give other e xamples than those borrowed from the feasts o f t he E piphany and

Pentecost . With the Comes can be compared the Codex Fu l ’ 2 den is D o m s . C Thanks to hapman s recent work , we are able t o give the fo ll o wing liturgical notes o n this — collection The manuscript , which is actually in the 3 o f F 0 o r 1 fo r Library ulda , was written about 54 5 4

1 ’ n Ori ines da cu lt e chret ien . 1 n s r. D u e s e Mg ch , g , p 5 9, thi k t he Pro phe tic lesso n wa s supp ressed a t R o me a b o u t t he ﬁfth i u M a n d i it wa s e a ine d o n e n Ga a n S a n. ce ntu ry r t l g r l , il , p 2 he E a r H i st o r o t he Vu l a t e Gos els b D o m N o t es o n t ly y f g p , y

ma n O fo d 1 0 8 . Cha p , x r , 9 3 m cit . 8 . a a n o . . D o m Ch p , p , p 7 The S ou rces o r Docu ment s 2 5

f the bishop Victor o f Capua . It contains the our Gospels arranged in a diatessaron then come the

f t he A o f A E o . pistles St Paul , cts the postles , the

C E A . atholic pistles , and the pocalypse To the

o f . Epistles o f St . Paul is preﬁxed a list lessons At ﬁrst sight, it has little resemblance to the Nea politan Lectionary o f E u gipiu s ; but a more minute 1 examination reveals a very close correspondence .

At o f e the Library Schlettstadt , under the numb r

1 0 f : 93, is to be ound a precious relic this is a

o f manuscript the sixth century , representing a complete liturgical lectionary , but a lectionary in the

o f sa narrower sense the word that is to , which , y comprises only the ﬁrst o f the three lessons formerly

o f E o f in use at the Mass , to the exclusion the pistles A 2 the postles and the Gospel pericopes .

O era 2 — 2 6 Tommasi ( p v . pp . 4 4 4 e , ) gives an ord r fo r the A postolic lessons which resembles I n more than o ne point that o f the Codex F u ldensis ; this

r fo r D ia t essa ron o f codex has prese ved us the Tatian ,

’ o the whole New Testament in St . Jer me s version ,

o f together with some intercalated sections , which one

1 . 1 1 bi d. 37 . E u i iu s w a s a n a bb o o f Luca lla num , p g p t , who died soo n a f e o b a b h do t r 5 35 . Pr ly e a pted into his mo n a st er so me G a i a n s s em fo r i u a u s s a y ll c y t l t rgic l e , nd there are rema rka ble p o ints o f co nta c t b e twe en t he Na ples u se a nd h t e o des Ga a n b o o s . D o m m a a n ibid. l t llic k Ch p , , pp . 4 1 a nd —0 99 1 2 .

2 “ ’ D o m M o in Un lec t io na ire mero vin ie n ﬁ r , g , R ev u e B ene — e 1 0 8 . diet in . . 1 6 1 1 . , 9 , t xxv pp 66 The L ec t iona ry

IS a list o f liturgical readings taken from the E pistles

o f . fo r ff f o f St Paul , the di erent easts the year . Was there a Grego rian Lectionary distinct from

o f the Sacramentary St . Gregory the Great ? It is d f a i ﬁcult question to answer, but it certainly appears

a n probable . In y case , the Gregorian Sacramentary gives an idea o f what the R o man Lectionary o f the

w a s sixth century , and the researches made by D . o Morin have veriﬁed this calculati n , which throws some light o n the documents themselves : The Lectionary o f Victor o f Capua is m o re like the Gregori an Lectionary than the Gelasian Sacramentary is like the Gregorian Missal , and than is the Milanese

R A R evu e 1 8 0 chant to the oman ntiphonary ( 9 ,

. F o f p rom this point View , the veriﬁcation

b o made y the learned Benedictine , and the publicati n o f which we are going to speak will make the reader , clearer on the state o f the R oman lessons in the sixth century . In spite o f the rapidity with which it w a s p ro

a a t e d Comes f p g , the does not appear to have le t F A many traces , notably in rance . lcuin , in the

f o f Comes a h A lbino emenda t u s pre ace the , says he has written his collection according t o the Sacra

N o is c u ra u it hu nc o f . b mentary St . Gregory f

’ e a t u dist in t e t ra nsc ri ere (codicem) emenda t g e c h . ’ let o sa ne rm a t o libello di nu m et necessa riu m E xp p f , g

x imu s in ca lc e illiu s lect io nes u a sda m a h a liis du , g eru dit is viris in vigil iis P a schw vel in Feriis a t qu e

2 8 The L ect iona ry

2 THE E A GE LAR I E S . V N

F or t he E a st — D . ocuments relating to these ancient times are rare however, we have had the good fortune (and each day brings forth new discoveries) to ﬁnd and study s o me manuscripts belonging t o the

o r h a s eighth ninth century, and the examination proved proﬁtable t o the rese arches into the liturgical

o f usages . Let us venture to run over the results the inquiry as fa r as it concerns t he Churches o f the E ast and West . F f f rom the ourth , and at the urthest during the f E f ﬁ th century, the ast determined one common orm o f : f liturgy this act very much simpliﬁes research , and saves o ne from regret at the absence o f docu me nts during the time which passed between the D fourth and the ninth centuries . Had we says . ,

Burgon , neither synaxary nor evangelary later than f l f the eighth century, the scheme itsel as it resu ts rom these documents , taken in their essential peculiarities , is certainly earlier by four centuries than any known 1 Greek manuscript . Later times present certain liturgies the offspring o f o f E others , such as those the thiopians , Syrians ,

A e . f o ne rmenians , Maronit s , etc in a brie exposition must put them aside we can only speak o f the two

rmc r a l p p branches , the Greek and the Syriac liturgies .

1 u o e d in m Dic t io na r o hrist i a n A nt i u it es l Q t S ith, y f C q i , vo .

I I. p . 954 . The S ou rces or Do cu ment s 2 9

T e ollect io ns o t he Greek hu rch — r h C C D . f . Scrivener (I nt rodu ct ion t o t he Crit icism of t he N ew Tes t a ment ) has

o f compared a large number Greek manuscripts , and , ’ under the article Lectionary in Smith s Dict iona ry ’ ’ o Christ ia n A nt i u it ies resu me o f f q , he has given a

e f his researches , taking car to say rom what sources

t o he has drawn them . In an appendix chapter iii . , 8 f . 0 vol . i . p , he gives a synaxary ormed by the comparison o f the di ff erent uncial manuscripts (not

A ru ndel ably the , No . 5 47 , which is ninth century

P a rha m 1 8 Ha rleia n 8 0 . the , No . , dating 9 ; the , No 8 5 59 , dating with some liturgical notes added by

a m s Codex B e . another hand to the He al o quotes ,

f o f what is indeed precious rom our point View,

t wo u nc ia l o f o r namely , , manuscripts the eighth

e a t io na le ninth century , at present in the Biblioth que N

o f o ne Paris these manuscripts are designated ,

o f Codex C rius under the letter K and the name yp , the other under the letter M and the name o f Codex Ca rnp ia nus : b oth contain the Greek text o f the

Gospels , and have in the margin some liturgical notes written by the cop ist himself o r by some o ne o f his y ,

red : contemporaries . The notes are in ink in the ﬁrst half o f o ne o f these Codice s they consist o f a Simple Sign o f inﬂection in the second they mention in the margin the reference to the Canons o f E usebius placed at the beginning o f the volume under the Sign x AP o f A , an abbreviation PX H a rubric indicating , 30 The L ect iona ry

f f f the east to which the pericope re ers , and o ten

o f o f also the renewal the beginning the text . To these manuscripts are added some fragments o f men o l o gies o r tables o f lessons fo r the saints o f the year.

Codex C rius 6 The yp is numbered 3, and was brought from Cyprus in 1 67 3 ; it was ﬁrst placed

h Codex a m ia nu s t e C . in olbert collection The C p , 8 X IV catalogued No . 4 , was given to Louis . by f the abbé Francois de Camps . O the other manu

in a t wo scripts quoted this p ragraph , are to be f A ru ndel ound in the British Museum , namely , the

r m H a leia n. A S P a rha and the to the third , the , it is the property o f Lord de la Z o u c he and is at , 1 Parham Park , Sussex .

l 1 — 1 vo . . S ria c Scrivener ( ii pp . 4 3 4 4) divides the y Lect iona ries into two classes : the ﬁrst is merely a Greek work translated into Syriac ; the second differs from the Greek Lectionaries chieﬂy in what concerns the beginning o f the ecclesiastical year

A o f E C ( dvent instead aster) . ertain collections con tain a Menology ; m o re rarely the lessons o f the f u t east are p into another volume . There are some Syriac manuscripts o f which only some fragments

a nd o f remain , which are great age , the British Museum

f 8 2 o possessing two dating rom 4 , and many thers which pro bably go back to the same period an o ther

1 — ive ne . cit vo l i n 1 1 8 6 o a d 6 . Scr r, p . , . . pp . 7 5 3 3 ; pp 34 5 , 33 , a nd 343. The S ou rces o r Docu ment s 3 1

o f the sixth century contains the four Gospels with a certain number o f e ccle siastical rubrics intercalated

into the text . We cannot pass over in silence

1 o f V 1 0 0 Manuscript 9 the atican , written in 3 by the priest and monk E lias in the Monastery o f Moses at Antio ch ; although it does not be long t o the

su period which we are studying , it leads us to p

f e o f pose that , long be ore this time, the l ssons the Syrian Church were identical with those o f the 1 Greek Church .

F he Wes t The ollect ions —F or t . C rom an early

o f age, the churches Italy were anxious to have their own special collections fo r the lections o f f F f the divine o fice or Mass . rom the fi th century three books were used fo r the liturgical offices d the Sacramentaries the Gra uals , the Lectionaries . , The entire missal comprising these three bo oks in , o ne o o , nly came into use ab ut the tenth century

o r so .

The Comes or L iber Co mit is o r Liber Comicu s may

no t o f be, undeservedly , regarded as a Lectionary the

R C i o f oman hurch anter or to the time St . Gregory the

Great . It enjoyed so great favour in this Church

1 “ m Di c t io na r o hrist i a n A nti u it ies Le io na S ith, y f , n. C q ct ry,

- . B i p . 959 es de s t h e thirty ﬁve Syria c ma nu scrip ts tha t t he B ritish M u seum se s ma e m n i n o s sse b e o e d : Add. p , y t a nd f h o t e si c en u Add. a nd o h n n xth t ry, f t e i th centu ry S i en . . ii. n i e o ci t vo l . A e d A . ( cr v r, p , , pp x , p 2 M ’ r. D u esne Ori i nes da c u lt e ch et i e r n . 1 0 1 0 g ch , g , pp 4, 1 , 2 06 a nd M u a i in Mi n P L o e . i . . 08 . r t r g , . , t . lxx v c 9 32 The L ect iona ry

a t t ri that , as we have said , many ancient liturgists

Hieron mu s buted the composition to St . Jerome. y

res b t er o f L ec t ionu m u t p y , wrote Hugo St . Victor , ha het hodie E cclesia colle it sed D a ma s u s a a u t g , p p , 1 nu nc moris est le i inst it u it g . Nowadays this opinion f is abandoned , but it is still held that the author o the

: collection is earlier than Pope St . Gregory a letter C f to onstantius , preserved in the pre ace, indicates that the author wrote his work at an epoch when the bish o ps were free to regulate the lections in their

u se o f churches ; the the Lectionary was , never

t heless e , commonly received , and so , at the desir f o C e e o ne . onstantius , the author cons nt d to write

D V o f . Morin thinks that the author was ictor

Ca ua, who died in 5 7 3 and that it was destined p , fo r a bishop in the region o f Benevento (R evu e

6 1 8 8 1 8 1 . 0 . 9 , p 4 ; 9 , p The order followed is like the liturgical order o f R ome as it is according to the Gelasian and Gregorian Sacra me nt a rie s ; and at the time that the Co mes was written the Prophetic lesson was not e ntirely sup

f o i . e n . press d the Mass , as it was a ter St Greg ry

Lastly , in the letter that this great Pope wrote to

o f o n Secundus to tell him his homilies the Gospel , there is an allusion to the Gospel lection during Mass

f I nt ra sa c ra missa ra m solemnia and the order ollowed ,

1 Pa meliu s a lso makes this a ttrib u tio n in his prefa ce t o t he h s e ditio n o f t e Co me . 2 o a wa s sa id o f t he omes fu e b a 2 2 . S ee a l s wh t C rth r ck, P3 The S ou rces or Docu ment s 33 ex his qu mdiehu s cert is in ha c eccles ia legi eat more solent sa nc t i E va n elii u a dra int a lec t iones ex os a i g q g p (Migne ,

P L A s f . . , tom . lxxvi . col . a act , the attribution o f the Gospel passages to the Sundays and feasts agrees with the indications o f the Comes . Some

o f Comes editions the have been published , particularly in the Sixteenth century by Pa meliu s and in the

D Ge rb e rt o u r D eighteenth by . . In own da s . y , Morin published a manuscript o f the Biblio theque N a t io na le which belonged to the Abbey o f Silos the

o f o manuscript is the eleventh century , but its c ntents

o f Show that it was originally the sixth century . The peculiarities o f this document lead one to think it was written fo r the Church o f Toledo but the , order followed has some analo gies t o the R oman

D o f liturgical order . . M rin thinks , there ore , that a Liber Co mit is in use in R ome was communicated to ff C e the di erent Western hurches , and that th y d adopted the main part , ad ing to it certain peculi a rit ie s A . comparison with other capitularies seems to conﬁrm this hypothesis . The ﬁne Gospels in the University Library o f

68 o Wii rzb u r t h f. M , p . . , which are traditi nally g,

b t o said to have elonged St . Burchard , are catalogued

D o m fo r as sixth century , but Morin Shows reason f thinking that they were written later. In act , the Codex was probably written in England in the

o d seventh century . The liturgical n tes are inscribe

l a nd in its margin in an exquisitely small uncia , the 34 The L ec t iona ry commence ment o f each pericope is indicated by a

o D o m tiny cr ss . These notes are attributed by 1 Morin to the very ﬁrst years o f the eighth century . D o m M o rin elsewhere says that this d o cument 2 f fo D o m contains a undamental text r E ngland . Chapman regards this document as reproducing the

o f o f liturgical cycle Naples at the time St . Gregory t he f Great , and success ully establishes its origin ,

f b D o already put orward y m Morin . These liturgical

o f E o f peculiarities Naples , the vangelary Burchard , are contained in the other manuscripts actually in

E d odex Lindis a rnens is nglan . The ﬁrst is the C f

V E o f . (designated under the letter ) , or vangelary St

C 00 . uthbert , written towards the year 7 This manu in C . script is the British Museum ( otton MSS , Nero

D X IV Co V . . The dex (called by Wordsworth) was written and illuminated in Holy Island during the episcopo - abbacy o f E a dfrit h (698 who

f O e t hil was himsel the scribe , the illuminator being

f o f f 2 — 0—t o wald , a terwards Bishop Lindis arne 5 4 , 7 7 b o f . C a nd the honour God , St uth ert , all the saints . It is therefore precisely contemporary with the Codex

A mia t inu s sa w o , which , as we , was written at Jarr w by order o f Abbo t Ce o lfrid doubtless under the ,

o f V direction the enerable Bede, and taken by the

A 1 R o bbot in 7 5 , on his last journe to me as a present y ,

odex Lindis a rne sis to the Pope . The C f n contains

1 ma n . . m a cit . D o o . Ch p , p , p 4 5 2 ’ ’ i e l a R evue B ened ct in vo . . . I 1 . , x p 3

36 The L ec t iona ry

8 D 2 o dex a n hrz ens is A . C C t a 5 7 ( uct . , and the g

X C C C C 2 86 called , o rpus hristi ollege, ambridge . ( ) ,

Af o f D o m C ter some account the opinions , hapman summed u p as follows the probabilities o r possibilities “ O and X are descended from a common progenitor , An judging by the coincidences in their text . Italian o r R oman origin is postulated fo r the archetype o f X by the classical ornamentation o f its picture o f

St. Luke . The liturgical notes by the original

o f if R scribe O are Italian , not oman . The seventh “ century notes o f 0 give a purely R oman system o f ” 1 lessons .

B —Do m C N . . hapman quotes even more documents which relate t o o u r subject ; those that we have f h mentioned su ﬁce to Show how, in the sevent century

f C E fo d and even be ore, the hurch in ngland llowe the practice o f R ome in its liturgical lecti o ns o f the New f if Testament . The proo is easy we cast an eye o ver the comparative tables o f great interest no tably those , o n p a ges 5 2 to f A o . fo The Church Milan , under St mbrose but r ,

z fe w o f a completely organi ed Lectionary , had the R C particulars which distinguished the oman hurch . M a b illo n (M u smu m I t a licu rn: de rit u a mhros ia no) emphasi z es som e take n from the wo rks o f the h o ly doctor so it is that the episo de O f Bethphage is read o n fo o f A o n urth Sunday dvent and not Palm Sunday,

1 ma . i Do m a n o c t . 1 Ch p , p . , p 99 . 2 . iv I bid a . , ch p The S ou rc es o r Doc u ment s 37

and that the gospel o f the man born b lind is read in Lent at the time o f the preparation o f th o se

Be lle c iu s . being presented fo r baptism (E pist . 4 5 to ) The 1 8 t h E pistle to Marcellina mentions the c o incidence o f the reading o f a passage from Jeremias with the repast o f Jesus at the house o f the Pharisee elsewhere again one meets with s o me special lections

f o o f . r m St . J hn on the adulterous woman , rom St Luke

ab o ut the rich yo ung man who went into a fa r country . Ma b illo n takes from the history o f t he Bishops o f f Milan this act that an attempt was made , in a , R I A . council held at ome under drian , to abrogate A b E the m rosian rite, and that the Bishop ugenius f obtained its continuance, alleging in its avour the

fo r great respect which St . Gregory the Great had A it . The ntiphonary o f Milan mentioned later by

Ma billo n o is nly o f the eleventh o r twelfth century .

Fo r o the peri d with which we are now dealing, let us

D o z d point out , according to . M rin , an unauthori e

o f system liturgical lections , in use in the churches o f Northern Italy. These notes , written towards the 00 f f year 7 , come rom a church ollowing the Milanese

: fo rite at this period , there re , the rite in question 1 o f extended beyond the city and diocese Milan .

o f t he R o f The manuscript oyal Library Munich , D says . Morin elsewhere , has some relation with the

1 D . M o in in t h R e u e B enedi e v c t i ne 1 0 . C D i ct r , 9 3, p . 37 9 f . . ’ ’ ’ d A rcheo lo ie c h ret i enne et de Lit u r i e Amb o ia n i e i s . g g , r r t , t . c 1 8 . 3 5 . 38 The L ec t iona ry

manuscript o f N o rth Italy : it b elongs t o the seventh

o f o s century , and c ntains the our G pels in uncial letters 1 b u t as a liturgical assignment it remains incomplete .

Fo r o o f the Gospel peric pes the Gallican liturgy , the do o f cuments seem more complete . The Lectionary

D M a billo n Lit u r ia Luxeuil , published by . in his g

a lli f ca na P . L . o o g (see , tom . contains the less ns the Masses fo r the ecclesiastical year : this is a seventh

D R evu e 1 8 century document . . Morin ( 9 3,

. 8 D Ori da cu lt e p 43 ) agrees with Mgr . uchesne ( g.

’ c r en h et i . 1 fo r , p 47 ) in assigning its origin as Parisian the fo ll o wing reason : there are no traces o f a ny R oman elements ; the order fo ll o wed is that o f the

C Ordo a llica n Gallican ecclesiastical year ( f an g .

D . M a rt n de A nt u is ecclesi r t ihu s t o m e e i e i . in , q , i .

’

. o o f p am ngst the saints days that St . Genevieve rarely ﬁgures . There is another document o f the same period and related to the preceding , called the

o Gallican Sacramentary or Bobbio Missal , als pub lish d i I u e b Ma b llo n M u swu m t a lic m . y ( , p The feasts there are less numerous ; it is not purely

R o C o z man nor purely eltic , nor M arabic , nor

Af o b ff rican , but it c m ines these di erent elements , with a certain predominance o f the R oman and

: o a o o f Gallican thus it c nt ins a Mass in hon ur St.

o f o ne Sigismund , king Burgundy, which leads to think that it b elonged pro bably to the province o f

D u f d . o r . Besancon Burgun y Mgr chesne , rom his

1 R ev u e B enedict i ne 1 8 . 2 6. , 93, p 4 The S ou rces o r Doc u ment s 39

i f . du c u lt e o Or . point view ( g , p ﬁnds the do o z cuments rather R mani ed . The Moz arabic liturgy ( o r that o f Christians living in Spain under the Arabs) developed itself in the

o f sixth and seventh centuries , but the ensemble its f f o r f ormulas dates back to the ourth ﬁ th century, at the time o f its relations with the Church o f Africa 1 and with the R oman Church . Numerous rites were very likely brought fro m R ome by the ﬁrst preachers o f o f f o f the Gospel the rest , choice lections , ormulas

is o o f o f prayers , the w rk the bishops and the doctors o f omes o f the peninsula . The C is the collection the liturgical lections o f the Old and New Testaments :

see f that published by D . Morin ( urther back) gives 2 the lections o f the Church o f Toledo .

—TH E TH II . D ISTRIBUTION OF E LECTIONS

I THE E TI NA I ES . L C O R

E t — o f A m niu s For t he a s . m o The continuator , who in the third century had divided the Gospels in

E u t ha liu s d o f A sections , , a eacon lexandria , in the ﬁfth century extended this division to the A cts o f the A postles and t o the E pistles : he divided each book

o é voi cr rz into lecti ns or lessons ( v q) , corresponding without doubt to the sections which were read in t he

1 - lit r u es A nd D . 2 D Ga b o Or i nes u i e 1 0 2 1 1 . . r l , i g g q , pp ix , pp 2 D Fe ro t in M o nu ment a lit u r ica . v. Liber ordinu m . , g , t , ,

d c io n . 1 In o u . tr t , p 3 40 The L ect iona ry

A o f A churches . Thus , he divided the cts the postles into sixteen lections ; the Catholic E pistles into ten

E o f o t w o (to wit : the pistle St . James int , the ﬁrst

f . E o f . o pistle St Peter into two , the second St Peter

o o n f o ne fo r e o . int , the ﬁrst St John into two , each

f o fo r E o . the two other pistles St J hn , and one the

E o f E o f o pistle St . Jude) ; the pistles St . Paul int thirty - one lections : this gives a total o f ﬁft y - seven

ﬁft - o r ﬁft - fo r o f (namely , y two y three the Sundays the

f fo r f o f C ear and the other our the easts hristmas , y ,

E Asc e nsio n a nd . V o aster, the , Pentecost) (See igour ux , D d . . . iet . G e la B ible . 2 0 6 . , tom ii col 5 ; and Migne , P ,

6 2 a nd tom . lxxxv. col . 7 According to times places , these lections underwent great modiﬁcations those which have prevailed in the Greek Church are marked in a great number o f Codices either by the same copyist or a later writer , who has written , some w d times in the text , sometimes in the margin the or s ,

a a r a fo r h o -eh o r 6 ( pxm pxp p ) the beginning and (w m , 7 ) fo r o the end . Other manuscripts have a table f lections fo r W o- vI/a a z u f the hole year, f p o , and o ten also a table f f O vo k o t o v. the east days , un y The fo llo wing lines give us an idea o f the differences between the usages in the Oriental liturgy. To speak

o f o f C only the Mass the atechumens the epistle, in t he o h f . C so st o m b liturgy St y , is preceded y an anti ph o ne which is an abbreviati o n o f it ; in the E ast the is so metimes ﬁlled by a passage fro m the Acts o r rt li; A po ca lyp se but never by a Dist ribu t ion of t he L ect ions 4 1

f ld passage rom the O Testament , as is the practice in

so met ime s a lso o f the Western Churches , , in place the

o f . epistle one ﬁnds several lessons . The liturgy St

f . Basil has also a lection taken rom St Paul , then the

' Ka ﬂo k z o u sa f C x , that is to y, a lection rom the atholic

E o f A o f e pistles, and lastly a lection the cts ; each th se

o lecti ns is followed by an appropriate prayer . Then follows a sung psalm and the reading o f the gospel . The Syriac and E thiopian liturgies have even now 1 ﬁve lections .

D ISTRI B U TI ON OF THE LE CTI O NS I N THE W ESTE RN C U C I N TH E IX T CE NTU Y ACCO DI NG H R H S H R , R TO TH E LI B E R COMICUS P U B LI SH ED BY

D . O I N M R . — F or t he West The year begins o n the ﬁrst Sunday o f Ad : vent as in the Gelasian Sacramentary , there

fo were ﬁve Sundays be re Christmas .

Lect ions of t he Old Test a ment in t he f irst P l a ce

I - — - r I sa . 1 . 2 . m n n . . ii 5 ; iv 3 The o u ta i o f the Lord — Q - S I sa . 1 6 1 2 . . 1 o n s n xxviii 7 xxix. 7 4 The c r er to e.

J — r o h E zec . 6 n 1 1 a o f . t xxxvi . . C ll the Ge tiles — h a a . . 1 d. . An e so f o - M l ch iii 4 The gelic Pr cur r oret l l — I . sa 1 2 . f i an o o L b u s. U xxxv. The gl ry

Epistle in t he S econd P la ce R — 1 . m. X . o i 2 1 . ndne s Of s a n o f 5 3 Bli s I r el, e try the n Ge tiles .

1 S e e R e na u do t i - L t u r ies o rient a les i. 8 68 0 . , g , pp . 5 , , 5 7 4 2 The L ec t iona ry — 2 . I o r Th . . 1 A o m C . e s o n s iv 5 p t lic i i try. — . o . 1 1 . l n o s ena n e a n nI r a no o . 3 C l . iii 5 P c d u ve s re vati I T — . ess . 1 2 . o a x o a o n t o t he 4 h . v 4 3 M r l e h rt ti receive

Go d o f pea ce . — . . o a he a o a o f . t t d 5 Philip iv. 4 7 J y ppr ch the Lor .

S t . A ndrezv Ap ostle

- — I m 1 8 . st o n : do . 6 . Lecti Wis ix . 7 ; x 4 ; xiv. 5 7 xvi 2 — — f nd e o n : a a . . 1 2 . 1 1 8 in n o n L cti G l t ii 9 0 vi 4 . Li e u i su d with Je s cruciﬁe .

— w I st n I a 1 . r i f l f t he N o n. o s . u t u ness o e Lecti liv. 3 F Zi — z r I . 0 . n n o f Vir u d Le ctio n : I Co . VI 37 4 C o mme da ti o ginit y.

i f M a r . i a t h n f n o no u o S t . y H ere s pl ce d e o ly ea st h r

the H o ly Virgin which t he ma nuscript co nta ins . — — — I st o n . 8 2 . u a o ed : a s I . d Lecti Miche vi 3, 5 v 5 J gl riﬁ h b y t e M essia s . b z u d o n : a . 2 . . b e e n Lecti G la t . iii 7 ; iv 7 Li rty giv y

Christ .

Christ ma s The s e n e s sa o man . We t r liturgi , ve the R , a o n o ne a ss h ve ly M . — - . f VII 1 0 1 6 1 . o o I st Le ctio n : I sa . . ; ix 7 Pr phecy Emma n u el .

1 - The o n f Go su b . 1 2 . S o d 2 md Lectio n : Heb . i stitu ted fo r the Pro phet s.

t S t e hen S . p

’ I st Lectio n : No tice here t he cu sto m o f rea ding a t M a ss the pa ssio ns o r live s o f the sa ints who se fea st they

a celebr te .

44 The L ec t io na ry

z u d o n H - : eb . II . u o f ma s fo r Lecti 33 34 . Tri mph rtyr t h e fa ith .

- I st e o n I a i . s 1 o a o u o f His eo . L cti . Xl ii . 7 G d S vi r p ple z u d o n 2 r xi 1 6— f f . a u . e o . 1 . o o s L cti : C . 3 Pr o St P l

’ St P et er s ha r . C i — - I t e I a . 1 8 s o n : s . 1 1 o nso n L cti xxxii , 3 9, 5 . C li g

pro mi ses o f the Savio u r . 2 L 1 — nd o n : Pe t . . 1 a en in a a n ecti v 5 . P ti ce w iti g the

rewards o f pa sto rs .

u in u a esima S u nda u nder t his R u bric : A nt e ca rnes Q q g y, t ollenda s .

I m I - st e n re VI . 1 n a n t o a a n f f . L ctio Je . 7 . I vit tio ch ge o li e — z u d e o n : I Co r. . . a L cti i 3 9 Gr ces received.

D e ca rnes t ollenda s

I t Le o n : K n - i s 1 . a n e . cti 3 i gs xix. 3 5 Eli s des rt — z u d o n : 2 Co r . 2 1 0 The a e a b e m fo r Lecti . vi . cc pt l ti e na n pe ce.

LE N T — I D e qu a drages ima in p rima hebdoma da

2 — - f 2 I 1 1 n . . . 2 1 2 n na m . 6 Ad o e a : sa . a d as . , ri i 9, St J i 2 — — I a 1 1 8 a n . a s. . 1 2 1 . : s . d 4 . XXX 5 , St J i 3 2 — - 6 I s . l 6 a nd . a s. 2 2 2 . : a V . . 7 , St J i 5

— - 6 2 . A i m r . 1 . s . 2 d t ert a sa bb a o : e . 2 1 and a . t J iii 4 , St J i 7 — NIB b a d nona m fo r This ru ric, , the three ﬁrst days indicates the fast that a d t ert iu m o f the Saturday d in icates that this day was kept like the Sunday .

o f f The Lecti nary, there ore , dates rom the time when Dist ribu t ion of t he L ec t ions 4 5

this usage existed in Spain . This must be , then ,

2 o earlier than 5 7 , when a c uncil suppressed it .

“ Do minica 1 (here is a do uble lection : a t M a tins a nd a f a ds a t a ss a d t he u nda o f S a ma rit a n terw r M ) , c lle S y the w oma n b a u s o f o s e , ec e the g p l — - P a ns : OS . 2 1 0 I . e t . . . M ti xiv. St iii 5 9 — a s : Da n. . a s . 2 1 1 0 M s ii ; St . J . ii iii . .

d“ I L—D e 2 hebdo ma da

O ne takes up the lection again where it was left o ff the preceding Sunday this concludes it . The Sunday lessons were established befo re order o f the

D ri e da fo r f . S ee O in s lections the erias uchesne , g

’ l c i c u t e hret en 2 6 . , p . 3

9: - - A a 0 2 2 a s 11 . 1 . d n n 2 r. 2 o m f a e . . . , eri J iii St J 5 2 — — r. II I 1 1 . a s . . 1 0 . 4 : Je XV . 7 ; St J iv 7 — er. . a s . 1 2 1 . J xxv. 5 ; St J v. 5

- A r i . s. 1 6 2 0 d . t e t a m sabba o : er 1 6 a . t J . vi . ; St J v Do minica o f t he ma n b o rn blind

- 8—1 2 a ns : Da n. 1 1 o n I I M ti ix . 4 9 ; St . J h . .

- a D n 1 n . . ss : a . o M iv. ; St . J h i 5 9

— “ I I I D e 3 hebdoma da

“ — I P — Ad n m f 2 II . 1 1 et 1 6 2 no a a o 2 . . . I . , eri J el 3 ; St i 2 — P ii 1 — 1 1 1 . i 0 1 : et . . . 4 Joel ii . 5 7 ; St 5 — - . 1 8 2 0 1 . P t . e 1 1 . Mich vii . ; St iv. 7 — — Ad t r m 1 1 . 6 e t ia s bb : A 1 Pet . 1 1 a a o m s . . t o v 4 5 St v . Do m n a a d in vicesima a is t o sa n i ic , c lle , th t y, the twe tieth da b fo Ea s o r de media nt e est o y e re ter, f — — a ns : Da n . 1 6 a s. . 1 1 6 . M ti . xiii 4 St . J iv

D s 1 - a s : i a a . s a n x x nd . . . 1 . . . 8 M . , , xii ; St J iii 4 46 The L ec t iona ry

I —D C o f V. uring the three last weeks the hurch Toledo specially ho n o urs the Passi o n o f the Saviour f o de t ra dit ione D omini rom there these w rds , , indicate d the beginning o f a new perio .

I n prima hebdo ma da

— - - Ad h m fe a I sa 1 2 2 6 I . o n . 1 . no a . . , ri i 4 , 4 ; St J h i 4 — I 2 0 2 2 I o n . 1 0 sa . . V. , 3 7 ; St J h i

l l . 2 . — - s. . 1 I o n I I . 6 . O V 7 3 ; St . J h 3

- er. 1 2 1 . o n J ix . 7 9 , ; St J h iii . — 1 1 1 2 . — - er. . 1 0 1 1 1 . o n . J xii 7 , 4 5 ; St J h iii 1 8— 2 0 .

- — d t ert i m a b a o I sa . 8 1 A a s b : . 0 1 . o n 2 . t i St J h iii . 3 Do minica de La za ro (thi s is o u r Pa ssio n S u nda y)

- n r. La a s e m . I . P : . et . . 1 1 . M ti J , iii St iv 3 9 — a ss : e . 1 . o n 1 6 2 0 . M L vit . xxiii St J h v .

The w eeh w hich s c lled P s t z V. i a o L a a ro

—- Ad no na m f a H a b . 2 . . I o n , eri i 4 ii 4 ; St . J h ii . 2 6—2 9 .

r L - — e . m . 1 0 2 2 a . 1 2 . 2 1 J , i 9 , ; iii ; — . 8 2 P et . . St . iii 9 — - er La m 1. 1 2 2 2 2 J . , . 9 ; iii . 5 3 ; — 2 P et . 1 0 1 1 St . . i .

m - 1 — er La . 1 8 . . 6 6 J , i . ; iii 5 4 5 ; 1 S o n L — t J h 4 7 . — er m . 1 . . La . 1 8 2 2 J , i 3 ; iii 4 ; St . — P et . 8 i . 5 .

- Ad t ert ia m sa bb a o : o b . I o n II . 1 0 t J xxx St . J h 7 . Dist ribu t ion of t he L ect ions

H OL Y WE E K

m nda D ies u nct ionis b a u s t he a m ns Pa l Su y, ( ec e c techu e received the a no inting)

- n I sa X . 2 2 2 6 z u d 1 P a n : I st o . . et M ti s Lecti , lix , St . i .

2 . 1 0 5 , ii .

- n E o d . z u d D u a ssim a ss : 1 31 o . . M Lecti , x xix 4 5 , e t p

- 1 o n . 1 . St . J h ii 9 7 — — Ad no ma m f a I sa . I I . 1 1 1 . o n 11 2 2 8 , eri IV 4 , 3 St J h . 7 . 1 —8 I — I sa n . . o 6 . 5 St . J h iii . 9 — — r. x 1 1 d e . . u 2 0 2 J xvi 3 5 ; St J e 5 . — I P t 11 . 2 1 m n o b . e 2 . na Do . I n Cos i i : J xxiv ; St . 3

1 - 1 H b X I I 1 2 —2 8 r r m E . . F e t ia o d e . . o Ad t : x xix 9 ; . the

repetitio n o f t he Symb o l .

m s a a ar. II . I II . X I . xIII a m 1 r . Ad s m : . ssi Co i Z ch , , , , p ; . xi 2 —2 3 3 . Per t it ulo s u s o e a n t he a ed a o n (the ch rche , th r th c th r l , d a urda u n : da a n er. . n 1 this y S t y re ite) J XX a d St . Pe t .

a ra en I sa . III . a nd a s f o m 1 I n P sc ev : liii . extr ct r Co r P t l H b . I e Ga . e . . , , St — — Di a b a o er t it u lo s : A o . . 1 0 1 1 8 o . e b o s. s t p p c i 9 , 7 ; C l iii

- 1 3.

h : 1 2 — i b a in a Pa sc ae n . D sa b o o s i . e t vigili Lecti (Gen. II 6 ;

- . I sa . G n. . G en. . . e 1 . 2 1 E o d ii 7 , iii lv v 3 viii ; x . — — - . n . 1 1 8 D Ge . u . . . e n. xiii xv xxii ; e t xxxi xxxii . G

. d. x11 2 a a . . II E xo . E z h . . ec xxx . XXV ; ; P r l xxxiv , xxxv ; vii ; Ano e n — — a n. . o I o r i D C . v V i iii ther L cti , . . Viii . O n Ea ster Su nda y a nd thro u gh o u t t he week t he I st Lectio n — i . 2 e . i o . nd o n i 1 s A . s Co r fo r u n p c iii ; the L cti . xv S da y ; f A s f r he o o o d . A s o t e a s a . i. . x v ct p stle th r y , ch p , ii , , . , a s xiii . , extr ct .

A Vl l 2 - 1 2 — : . A Lo w u nda . s . 2 6 0 S y poc ct viii 4 . — f E A - u nda a a : o . 2 I st . A s 1 . 2 2 S y ter ster p c xxi 9 3 ct ix . 4 8 The Lec t io na ry

2 nd u nda af E - - a s A . I I o A . 1 2 : o . s S y ter ter p c iv ; ct viii 4 5 .

rd A o 1 - A s 2 — v . 3 p c . xiv. 7 ct iv. 3 . ii

t h - — A o . . 1 6 A s 2 2 . 4 p c xiv 5 ; ct ix . 3 4

. To r u a t u nd m s a o a n o ns. es a re se n b s o s St q C p i Th e ve i h p ,

t he m s f - 1 0 o na s o b . . . He ﬁrst i si rie Sp a in Apo c vii . 9 ; — X . 2 3 38 .

f - da o 1 0 II . 1 A o . The y the Holy Cross : p c . xxi ; XX 5 ;

- 1 1 . Philip . ii . 5 A n — e s o n : n II . 1 1 E a a n u t o a en sc i 4 Ki gs 5 , li s t ke p He v ; — A . 1 1 1 cts i .

u nd f en n A o 2 - a w n a o As s o : . S y ithi the oct ve c i p c . iv 4 ,

- - 1 0 1 1 . 0 Ephes iv. 7 1 .

a u da o f n s : OffIc e a d t ertia m I sa . . S t r y, vigil Pe teco t , lxi ; I r 2 —1 Co . xii . 3.

— 2 A 11 1 - 2 1 n o s o II . 2 1 s . Pe tec t : J el 3 ; ct . Ad ia o f a s is e in o m o n 8 t h emb e St . r n (wh se e t k pt R e Sept r, H b n in a n 1 u ne b s . e a d Sp i 7 th J ) : Prover iv a nd xxi . . — X . 2 8 3 3 . — — f n a s er 1 2 2 1 . a l . o . o : . Ga N tivity St J h B pti t J . i 4 9 ; iv. 3

- n a u : A o . a n . I 1 a d . . d o r. . St . Peter St P l p c x xi C iv. 9 5 ﬁ — E 1 2 r . . u u s a n R u nu s es . 2 1 o SS J st d : ccl . xxxix 7 C . iv —1 0 5 . m 1 —2 . do 1 1 r. a n a s o : s o . SS Ju stus d P t r Wi x. 7 C iii

- n m 8 2 r . nd a u u s : sdo . 1 o u s a C . SS . Sixt L re ti Wi iii ; ix 6—1 3 . t mm u u s u s . a n : E s. . a nd . o f o o n ni i St . Cypri ccle xliv l C ( j )

f . o n a s : . H . a nd . e ea d n o eb . B h i g St J h B pti t Jer xxxiii . xi xii

List o f Lectio ns fo r S a ints (de S a nctis) — o 2 T e s . 1 2 . Pr v. XV . ; h s . i 3 — — R m 1 . 1 6 1 o . . Wisdo m v. 9 ; v 5 — — 2 R o m 2 8 . xi . 4 ; . viii . 39 — d H . 6 an . b . 1 1 . xviii . xix e xi 3 — H b . o . a nd e . Pr v. x xi . xi . 33 34 — - . E . 8 s o m 1 es . Wi d v 5 ph i 3 . Dist ribu t ion of t he L ec t ions 9

’ Ano ther a e u no just o — — E . xxxu 2 . 1 o . 2 2 . o . ccles . 7 xxxiii C l s i 4 9

- — m . o . I sa 1 2 Ti . I I . xlii . 4 ; ii — - 2 im 6 8 . m 1 T . . 1 sdo . Wi iv. 7 5 iii iv

- - 8 2 Tim. . 1 8 Eccles . xxxi . 1 1 iv 7 1 .

— - . i . 1 2 I sa 8 1 . xli . 3 ; Ph lip iii . 7

Ano e se s de u no con essore th r rie f .

E 1 —2 —1 R m 8 - 1 o . ccles . xlvii . , 9 3 ; . x 3.

- - E 1 Ti . 1 m. 1 s 1 1 . ccle . li . 4 ; vi 4

D e vir inibus : I st o n see 8 8 u s s a nd R u ﬁnu s g Lecti , . J tu ;

- 2 nd I . Vii . 2 , Cor 5 34 . — — e u na ir 1 X i 6 . D ine : r x . 2 2 o r. . v C . g Je . xx i 7 ; x 7

- — nubent ii 1 1 . D e ibus : er 1 Co r V . J . xxix . 5 7 ; . 4 D e rimitiis a t o sa w en fa fu b n t he ﬁrst p (th t is y, h the ith l ri g f u —1 —2 s E 1 0 R m . 2 2 r it ) : ccles . xxxv. 3 ; o . viii 7 . — mi - deci s al 1 0 1 2 1 r. 1 D e a o . C . M ch . iii . 7 , ix 7 7

- - rdina t E h 1 1 1 m. 1 1 . isco i : E z Ti . I n o . e x 1 p p c . xx iii . iii 3

- I n ordina t . R e is : . a ssim R o m i 1 8 . do m . . g Wis ix , p x ii D ie sa bba t o u a ndo sa l a ds a r it u r a is t o sa eve o f q p g (th t y, the

- 8 1 r. the dedica tio n o f a chu rch) : Wisdom ix. 1 I Co

- i 1 6 1 . ﬁ. 7 — Fo r o ns a o n f : n. 1 0 2 2 1 o r Ge C . the c ecr ti itsel xxviii . L —1 ﬁ 8 7 .

I 6— Fo r s o a n o f a b a s a : a . 8 the re t r tio ilic M ch . iv 3 5 ;

2 o r. E s a n . C . d V phe . iii . iv

D e Lit a nia s ca no nica s a is t o sa t he L a n es w a re (th t y, it i hich celebra ted ea ch week) “ di a —1 — 8 i 11 . 1 1 . e t r 1 6 I d e t a m : O se e iv. ; Jo el 5 ; a d — no n m I E h . . 0 . a sa . 2 : lv. ; p iv 3 3 ° — - . die a d t e rt ia m n 2 Da n . 1 a d o o . II : S ph . i . 3 ix 4 9 ; — - n m . . 1 2 o n E h . a er . 1 2 1 . , J iii 4 ; p iv 7 4 “ I I I i . d e a d t r ia n E . e t m a . . a . : Z ch vii d viii ccl . xxxvi

- — 1 1 a m n . 2 2 d o a m E es . 9 ; , ph . iv 9 3 5 0 The L ect iona ry

P ro st erilit a t e plu vim “ ” i m — 0 a . d e a d t ert ia : n s : I 3 Ki g viii . 34 4 ; Sext J 1 — xiv. 9 . “ - . di a t rt i m 2 0 2 2 A . a h . . d e a . e : . II Jer. iii ; gg i Z c x

e r. J xxv.

— - P ro t bu la t one la d II . 2 1 na s 1 0 ri i et c e : J o el 1 3 ; Jo iii . 3 ; — m 1 1 . d I sa . . A o s . I sa . a n . v. 4 5 , iv lxiii lxiv xxx — o . a nd . E s. . 1 2 J el i ii phe v . Fo r t he Su nda ys (a fter Penteco st) “ I 1 —1 II 1 1 —2 sa o m . R . . I . . vi . 3 ; 9 “ — — . . 6 1 2 2 I sa . 8 1 . II v ; 1 Co r. i 7 . “ 8— 1 — I sa . . 1 2 R o m. 2 III . v 7 ; vi . 9 3. “ - — . x1. 2 2 I sa 1 R o m 6 . IV . 7 3 ; . xi . 3 3 “ — - . 1 2 1 R . . 2 1 V I sa . xlviii . 6 ; o m vi 1 8 . “ — —6 I . 1 2 1 m 1 1 sa R o . VI . . xlviii 5 ; . xii . “ - — . . m . 1 6 1 . I sa . 1 R o 2 VII li 3 ; . xii “ — — . I sa 1 6 R o m . 1 2 0 VIII . xlix . ; . xvi 7 . “ — - . 1 0 m. 1 1 I sa . 1 R o 0 IX . lxvi 3 ; xiii . 4 . “ - - . r 1 . 1 6 e 1 Co r 2 . X J . xxxi . 3 34 iii . 3 “ nd a ssi 1 - r . a m 1 r . e . . Co . 2 2 0 XI J viii ix p vi . . “ - — . . . 1 2 1 Co r. x11 2 8 . XII Jer iii 4 3 . 7 xiii . “ — — . 0 i 1 2 o r. . I I 1 er. . 2 v C . XIII J V . vi vii . “ — — er. . 2 8 2 1 1 XIV . J xxiii ; Cor . xiii . 7 . “ — - r 1 l 1 0 . e Ga . . 6 . 2 XV . J . XXX 3, 7 7 ; ii “ - — 1 0 1 l . . 1 2 er . Ga . XVI . J . xxxi 4 v 4 vi . “ - — . I sa . 2 E s. . 1 6 2 . XVII xxxii . 37 4 ; phe i 3 “ - — . 8 R m. . 2 8 8 o . o . . XVIII Pr v i . 33 ; iii iv “ — — 1 1 R o . . 1 0 . o . . 2 m XIX . Pr v ii ; v 5 “ - — Ez h . . 2 m ec R . . . XX . xxviii 5 36 o xv 4 7 “ — — 8 . 1 1 8 . er. . 1 x E s . XXI . J xxx x xi phe . V “ — — . r. 8 E s . 1 6 2 e 2 2 . XXII J xxxi . 7 phe i 3. “ — — o . 1 1 0 R m. . 1 2 . XXIII . Pr v. iii ; o vii 4 5 “ - - . . . 1 1 Tim. 1 1 XXIV Prov iii 9 34 ; i . 5 7 . Some pages having been lost from the e nd o f the

5 2 The L ect iona ry

Tw o P ecu lia rit ies of t he Chu rch a t R ome

f o Be ore concluding this chapter , let us take n tice o f two peculiarities in the Comes o f which we give f the salient eatures . Three lections are assigned

o f to the Mass the Catechumens . This is a characteristic which will be met with again later

fo r A b in certain liturgies , example , the m rosian liturgy ; it is incontestable that it existed in Africa

o f A se e f in the time St . ugustine , as one can rom the 1 sermons o f this great doctor . Ordinarily there was a connection between the lections and the psalms sung ; manifestly this usage should exist in the

o f R Af a nd liturgy ome , as in rica , Spain , at Milan . A nd yet no trace is found o f it in the documents o f

f b u t which we shall speak in the ollowing chapter , there are ordinarily only two lections , the epistle and f gospel , the ﬁrst taken sometimes rom the Prophets o r o o f Old o o other b oks the Testament , but m re ften

D ri f o . O ines du r m the New . Mgr uchesne ( g c u lt e

’ ien 1 68 E chret . , p , nglish edition) reckons that the R f Prophetic lesson had disappeared in ome be ore St .

f h o ne Gregory the Great , during the ﬁ t century may very well suppose that it did exist primitively a nd that it was especially desired to preserve the trace in these lections o f the Old Testament which we still ﬁnd to

’ ’ ’ 1 iet d A rcheo lo i e chret i enne e t de Li t u r i e i S e e D . 6 0 g g , . c . 3 M a ss o f t he fo u t o t h e si c e n u Af i a t he . C a d. r c rth xth t ry f . C r

B na R eru rn Li t u r . . i. c h . . o , g , t 7 P ecu lia rit ies of t he Chu rch a t R o me 5 3

o f L iber o da y as the E pistles the Mass . The P nt i

ca lis D . . u n ﬁ , edited by uchesne (i p proves

d o nt iﬁc a t e o f C n oubtedly that under the p elesti e I .

— o f (4 2 2 432 ) only the E pistles St . Paul and the Gospels

o were read at Mass . The Pr phetic lesson has never t hele ss co ntinued up to our time at the Quatuor Tem

f o f pora and on certain erias Lent . It was a usage

current in the Gallican liturgy , as one sees in the

b Ma billo n M u swu m Sacramentary pu lished by ,

The o ther pe culiarity concerns the Quatuor Tem po ra : o u r Co mes does not seem to suspect their

existence even . Nevertheless , we must not suppose that this arrangement o f fasts and ofﬁces did not exist at the time the compiler o f the Co mes com 1 po sed his work . Without our assigning their institution to Pope Ca llist u s in the ﬁrst part o f 2 the third century (the L iber P o nt ifica li s says o f this P o pe : Hic const it u it jeju niu m die S a bba t i TER

in a nno eri ru rnent i vini et olei ra t ia se n ﬁ , f , g cu du m

r het ia m sa o . p p ) , we must y that Pope St Leo the f Great mentions it o ten enough in his sermons , speaks o f it as an instituti o n o f the ﬁrst centuries o f the ,

L . A o . . 1 2 1 1 post lic times (P . , tom iv serm . , 5 , 7 ,

o f Murat ri , in his pre ace to the Leonine Sacramentary ,

1 D i ct i o na r o t he B ible Vi o u ro u x iv 1 y f , g , t . . p . 5 5 . ’ 2 h l i c h l ic t de T eo e a t o i u e i . i. 1 S e e D . o g q , c 334 a nd t he

o u r . i i efe e nc e s b G e i Li t . P o nt i i . . 8 Ge rb rt r r y rg , g f , p 43 e , Vet u s

e a iii. . 80 m n . . Lit u r . a l g , p 9 5 4 The L ec t iona ry estab lishes a co mpariso n between the writings o f

d t o . Le o a nd o St the w r s used in the Sacramentary , Sh o w that in o ne w a y a nd another the documents a gree rega rding the Quatuo r Tempo ra : the Grego rian

a o o Sacrament r like the Le nine , menti ns some Satur y , days h a ving twelve lesso ns which correspond t o the Saturd a s o f o u r Quatuo r Tempora and in which y ,

o o the lecti ns were m re numerous as well as longer .

Wh o d D y then is the d cument o f Tole o silent ? .

’ ’ o R ev u e B enedict ine 1 8 M rin , in an article in the in 97 ,

8 a nd fo l o f o p . 33 on the origin the Quatuor Temp ra , gives this reaso n

o The Quatu r Tempora were originall , a purel , y y local instituti o n bel o nging properly to the Church at R o me In this Church they had an exceptional importance ; there they are regarded as established by the Apostles themselves (ﬁrst half o f the ﬁfth F . o o f century) rom this time nwards , the Bishops

R o do no t t o me cease to insist , in their letters their co lleag u es o f Italy and elsewhere o n the necessity o f , o f o f f bserving these asts the our seasons , and reserve fo r o o f a these days the rdination the s cred ministers . Their manner o f speaking leads us t o believe that the Quatu o r Tempora were accepted very early by a

o f large part Christendom . In reality very little

o fo r was d ne some centuries . Neither at Capua under the Bishop Victo r in the middle o f the sixth

f no r centur nor at Naples in the ollowing centur , y , y in a ny o ther part o f Italy do they seem to have; con P ec u lia rit ies of t he Chu rch a t R o me 5 5 fo R d o rmed to the oman usage . Besi es the Neap litan

o Cot t idia na er peric pes , there were three entitled p messes in addition to three fast days after Pentecost

i r i o f L e om cu s . o b C . (editi n the , i p 4 34) but this last fas t o nly corresponds in appearance to the summer

o b Quatuor Temp ra . The missionaries sent y Pope

o St . Grego ry really intro duced the R o man usage int

E a s A o - ngland , just the ngl Saxon monks did in f Germany during the eighth century . Be ore we can se e this instituti o n generally accepted on both sides o f A R z in the lps , we must await the strong omani ing ﬂ u e nc e s o f the Carlovingian epoch still the Churches o f Spain and Milan fo r a long time refused t o adopt f f this innovation ; as a act , this practice ormed a

‘ ’ 1 double use wi t h the days o f canonical litanies o bserved by them at different parts o f the year from time immemorial . Quatuor Tempora only ' The appear in Spain to start from the adoption o f the

R oman liturgy at the end o f the eleventh century . At Milan they were intro duced very much later by ” St . Charles Borromeo .

R ela t ionship bet w een t he Comes a nd t he Work of A lcu in a nd A ma la riu s

a The R oma n a nd t he Ga llic n Lit u rgy. Before

z o f signali ing the peculiarities which , in respect the R f lections , distinguish the oman rom other rites ,

1 O n e se a no ni a a nies see fu e b a do Lit a nia s th c c l lit rth r ck, ca nica s i s ind a d no a nd l e ct o n ic te . 5 6 The L ect iona ry it will b e w ell to n o tice the indications that these

o If o ne ma latter furnish us with as to their rigin . y believe certain authors , there is not much to glean in

o f o this ﬁeld . Thus , the author the article Peric pe

' R ea lenc clo adie o f z f y p Hert og , a ter having cleared up so me ob scurities on the state o f the pericopes at m o f . c o the time Pope St Gregory , adds that the

me nt a t o rs o f A Ama la riu s R the Middle ges , , upert ,

’ d A u t u n a n Honorius , etc . do not give authentic , y

explanation o f the use and extent o f these lections . D o ub tless to this opinion some exception must be A . no t made The author has mentioned lcuin , to

o Co mes wh m , however he does justice in using the , a b A lbino edit u s as a source o f info rmation ; this I S

fo already something . He could not , moreover, rget

' th e rOle A o r A great played by lcuin ( lbinus , 7 35 804) in the study o f the liturgy and the care taken , by this author fo r the preservation o f ancient tradi

n mes a b . O Co tions this ground , his Lectionary, Albino ex Ca roli I rnpera t oris p rwcep t o emenda t u s (manuscript o f t he tenth century preserved in the

o f C No o Library hartres , . published in the w rks f — o . 2 1 B Tommasi , tome V . pp . 97 3 3, merits our

is f o b o r attention . It oll wed y an appendix supple ment in which the author revises the preceding collection to put it in harmony with the liturgy

o f his time . The Lectionary consists o f 2 4 2 titles

A o f 6 or lections , and the ppendix 5 it is adapted

t o the Gregorian system , and thus presents us The R o ma n a nd t he Ga llica n L it u rgy 5 7 with t he state o f the Liturgy at the end o f the eighth 1 century . A work o f co mpariso n between this document and

D u s k Comes . the edited by Morin , will allow to ta e count both o f the R o man practice and o f peculiarities

z o r fo r (whether) Mo arabic Gallican . The lections

A o f A o n dvent, in the Lectionary lcuin , are carried At to the end o f the liturgical year . Christmas there

o f fo r o f is the same lection Isaias the station St .

z Mary , but two other stations are signali ed , St Mary

e o f E again and St . Peter, with a passag the pistle to

: A a ru it ra t ia o f Titus pp g , and the beginning the

o f E pistle to the Hebrews . In the octave Christmas d f o f a n . the easts St . Stephen St John are the same f the Holy Innocents ﬁgure immediately a ter, with the passage o f the Apocalypse Vidi s up ra mont em

f o f ion . S . The east St Sylvester has a passage from the E pistle to the Hebrews P lu res f a ct i s u nt sa cer

dot es o r E cce S a cerdos o f o o f , the the Bo k Wisdom .

o E S u r e l Then c mes the piphany, with the g il u mina re

o f f the prophet Isaias but this east , otherwise called

Theo ha nia f p , is ollowed by ﬁve days during which is

d f E o f rea a passage rom the pistles St . Paul Romans ( ,

1 R R Timothy , Hebrews , omans, and omans o r

. t he f o f Timothy) In this period come easts St . F E elix ( pistle to the Hebrews) , St . Marcellus

. A (Wisdom) , St Sebastian (Hebrews) , St . gnes ( I

o f O u r d Corinthians) , the Presentation Lor in the

’ 1 t d c f l i e c é e Die . A r hc o o hr t i enn et de Li S ee t u r i e . . 1 0 g g , i c 7 3. 5 8 The L ect iona ry

A a do . Temple (Malachias) , St . gath (Wis m) , St

Va do A s o . lentine (Wis m) , and the nnunciati n (I aias)

o f In inserting here the Sundays Septuagesima ,

u t o Sexagesima , Q inquagesima posterior the time

o f o A o fo St . Greg ry , lcuin c n rms to the additions made b efo re him the epistles o f these Sundays are

o d o - da d th se that we rea t y . The same may be sai o f th o se o f A sh Wednesday (taken fro m the prophet

o f fo F o f o f Joel) , the llowing riday (passage Isaias) ,

o f o f t w o the ﬁrst Sunday Lent , and the days which follow : notice that Alcuin indicates the stati o ns o f

R o o u r R o o me just as man Missal menti ns them . In

F ri I mensis rimi e a V. this rubric p , and in this other

a b a t in X I I lec t iones se e o S b o . we ought to an allusi n ,

t o o the Quatuor Temp ra , according to the remark made b To mmasi which rests its auth o rit o n the y , y Venerable Bede ; in reality o ne reckons two lesson s

o f d a nd o f so c o m We nesday six Saturday , that , to

le t e b o f o ne o o n p the num er twelve , Sh uld also add the less o n o f the Friday and the three evangelical peri ﬁ d O f F . n copes Wednesday , riday , and Saturday We

I P L t o m . u s X . R n . . Ordo oma . in the (Migne , lxxviii , f fo l. o o . 1 00 col 5 and ) an ther explanation the rubric ,

e m lec t io i u s o in du od c i n b . This expressi n indicates

' no t t w elve lec t ions b u t t w elve diﬁerent lect o rs P rop t er

i r o r X I I va riet a t es X lect ores d cnnt u n n ro t e . I I . p p lec t ionu m fo r L ect iones mens is . It will be the same the

u a rt i f o fo r L ec t iones q , a ter Pentec st Sunday ; the

mens is se t imi f ee fo l p , a ter the sixth w k which lows

6 0 The L ec t iona ry

Comes o f o f o C in the Toled , drawn r m the atholic

E o f E f . pistles , but rom the pistles St Paul , and , with

o f the exception the second Sunday , where the passage

o f the ﬁrst t o the Thessalonians varies (chapter v . instead o f chapter the lections are just those

R o A that we have now in the man Church . lcuin gives a lecti o n fo r each day o f the week with the , indication o f the R oman station (except fo r Thurs

da fo r o ne y) ; except this Thursday , the lections are the same a s o urs : a ne w pro of that Alcuin co pied

f R fo r rom the oman liturgy . We ﬁnd , the ﬁrst

o f o o three days H ly Week , two lections wh lly taken fro m the O ld Testament (Wisdom or Prophets) fo r

o F o o f Old G od riday, Six less ns nly rom the Testa

o u r I st t h 8 t h ment, known in Missal as the , the 4 , the ,

1 1 t h f t h o f the , another taken rom the 5 s chapter

f o D Isaias , and the last r m aniel , just as we ﬁnd on the d Saturdays o f the Quatuor Tempo ra . The Sun ays

f o o f a ter Pentecost are distributed into gr ups , which

o o f f o a nd the p ints separation are the easts f SS . Peter

o f . : Paul , St . Laurence and St Michael in the ﬁrst

fo fo r A group , ur Sundays which lcuin indicates a R o f 1 C 1 . a nd passage orinthians , omans , St Peter ,

fo r 1 . ﬁve St John in the second group , the Sundays

f f o f a ter the east SS . Peter and Paul , the lection is taken f E R rom the pistle to the omans in the third group ,

f f o f fo r . the six Sundays a ter the east St Laurence ,

o f 1 Co the lecti ns are taken rom rinthians , Galatians ,

E f fo r he s ix and phesians ; in the ourth group , t The R oma n a nd t he Ga llica n Lit u rgy 6 1

f f o f Sundays a ter the east St . Michael , the lections continue E phesians and then go o n to Philippians and

o f Colossians . Thus the writings St . Paul ﬁll the greater part o f the Sunday lections fro m Pentecost to

A D o f A dvent . uring the Sundays dvent, the

f fo r lections are taken rom the prophet Isaias , except C the week preceding hristmas , when there is a

o f n Ga u det e in D omino f o j y ul invitatio , , drawn r m

’

E . St . Paul s pistle to the Philippians Between these Sunday lecti o ns Alcuin intercalates lessons o f the

’ f fo r fo r erias , others saints days , others lastly the f o R easts special , however less numer us , to the oman

o f O ne . calendar . sees in succession the names St

r iu s . Ge va s Philip and St . James, St . Pancratius , SS

a nd Pro t a siu s . , SS John and Paul , the vigil and f o f o d f o f a n . east St . J hn Baptist vigil east SS Peter ,

o f o A and Paul octave the H l postles St. Laurence , , y , f . C C o . SS ornelius and yprian , Beheading St John

f o o f Baptist , a east in h nour Holy Mary (the Nativity) , the dedicati o n o f the Basilica o f the Holy A ngel

f o f All (St . Michael) , vigil and east Saints , the vigil

f o f f o f Ce and east St . Martin , the easts St . cilia , d f o f . A C . St . lement , the vigil and east St n rew Then fo o o fo r fo r llow s me less ns ordinations , the dedica

o fo r ff ti n , etc . di erent circumstances , and lastly ,

o fo r d nine less ns ays which have none assigned . O ne thus sees more o f a resemblance to the repe rtory o f lections which the Church o f Toledo preserved to the seventh century and on the o ther , 6 2 The L ect iona ry hand some peculiarities which denote a certain liberty side by side with a desire to draw nearer f R . A s o to ome has been said , the ensemble the Lectionary o f Alcuin presents an o ld R oman rite o f the lections . The Carlovingian liturgist adds an appendix to put the collection in line with the Gregorian revisio n b ro ught about by Charlemagne to assign the lections to the days where formerly there

fo r f o f C were none ; example , the erias hristmas

d o f o week , the Wednes ay the The phany, the Thursday o f o f E Quinquagesima , the nights aster and Pentecost,

o f f E the Wednesdays the weeks a ter aster, Invention o f C the Holy ross , and certain particular circum

o f o f stances . The source the lessons and the choice the Scriptural passages are purely Gregorian accord , ing to what Tommasi says : I mit a ndo a c sequ endo

’ 1 u m P a d re orii sa c ra ment r m libell G o u . p g There is , nevertheless in this ap endix a likeness to the , p

Gallican .

Ama la riu s ‘ A f (1 educated by lcuin , urnishes in his liturgical works s o me indications relative t o the lections ; o ne ﬁnds there a conﬁrmation o f those

’ which were pointed o u t in Alc u in s Lectionary ; the lections that he signali zes in his D e oﬁiciis ecc les ia s t icis are practically the same as those o f the actual

e Missal as to the Quatuor Tempora, he describ s the s r o o f ix o twelve lecti ns the Mass . Thus in the

1 Cf To mma si in t h e e ditio n tha t h e ha s given o f t he ma nu — 8 O era . 1 1 s i o f a e s . . . cr pt Ch rtr , p , t V pp 3 4 3 The A mbrosia n Lit u rgy 6 3

ninth century Gaul was in accord with R ome fo r the 1 lections o f the Bible in the liturgy.

o Lit u r — The A mbr sia n gy . The same harmony reigns throughout at this epoch a nd from the same point o f

o View betwee n the liturgy o f Milan and that o f R me .

But in other ways this has an important aspect . In

o f A a nd speaking the mbrosian , Gallican even the ,

R o u t ff oman liturgy , it is not to point that they di er from each o ther in the way that an O riental liturgy d ff f o d i ers r m a Western , but that they are relate rites which have the same origin and points in common , ye t have nevertheless freely developed a nd adapted themselves to the customs o f the countries in which they were implanted .

If o f A fo r we appeal to the writings St . mbrose

d o f some teachings , it is un eniable that in the time this h o ly doctor the three lections had their place in the Mass o f the Catechumens a nd in the following order

m . A E o . t . Prophetic , postolic , vangelistic xv col 1 44 3) the word Prophets implies all the Old Testa

o ment . In the disc urse which he addressed to the E mperor on the subject o f the affair o f the synagogue

o o f o f V and the destructi n the temple the alentinians ,

A o St . mbr se appeals successively to the Pro phetic “ a nd o f c d lesson the Gospel the lay Behol , says he , what we have gathered fro m the Prophetic lesson se e , again what the readingo f the Gospel furnishes us ” A with . nd the disco urse has place immediately

1 ’ ’ ’ D i t . d A rche l e e e o o i hr t i en e e de it i I 2 . c n t L u r ie . . g g , c 3 5 64 The L ect iona ry

f P L O ne be ore the oblation ( . tom . xvi . letter cannot sa y that this Prophetic lecti o n fell into disuse in the following centuries alth o ugh no trace is fo und , o f it in the manuscripts likewise the Sacramentary o f 1 Bergamo, written in the tenth and eleventh cen t u rie s f a nd , containing the pra ers pre aces , epistles , y ,

o no o f d g spels , makes mention it . But it shoul be

o d o ff f o n te that this lecti n , di erent rom the thers , was

b o f read y a cleric lower rank and in a separate boo k .

A s A o 2 to the epistles (or the postle) , T mmasi (v . p . 4 4)

f t R o o nt i o i u r . m t . L P m. . and , a ter him , Georgi ( iii , g f )

o have published an inc mplete list , which appears to have been the usage o f the Church o f Milan the b a d conditi o n o f the manuscript that Tommasi had at his disposal did not all o w him to decipher the whole . Here are the peculiarities o f thi s very ancient document

e v o f : R o f The e Christmas omans viii . Mission

fo r Jesus justiﬁcation .

C : u s hristmas Galatians iv . Jesus has delivered f o f rom the servitude the law .

2 o f St . Stephen Timothy iii . Beneﬁts Holy

Scripture . A The Holy Innocents : I Corinthians iii . The postle desires to speak t o Christians as t o little children . f St . James Galatians ii . St . Paul de ends his

1 A do cu ment in t he Lib ra ry o f S a nt Alessa ndro in Co lo nna a t h o e i esso n is a so a n in in a o o d B e rga mo . T e Pr ph t c l l w t g g ’ ’ ’ he l c hret ienne et de D c . rc o i t d . nu mb er o f o the r do cu me nts . A — 1 6. Li t u r e 1 02 a nd b fo e a . 1 i i. . e g , c 4 , r th t c 37 5 37 The A mbrosia n L it u rgy 6 5

o f . apostolate in the presence St . Peter, St James , and St . John .

R fo r f . St. John omans X . Israel reproved its ault

1 The Circumcision Corinthians viii . Instruction

f o ff on the usage o f ood ered to idols .

2 E ve o f the E piphany : Corinthians iv. To whom is the Gospel accessib le ?

E : f o f piphany Titus ii . The mani estation Jesus d lea s us to holiness . Here a scarcely legible indicati o n seems to have

o f o f f relation t the east St . Sebastian then ollow the f f A f o A V . easts St . gnes , St . incent , St gatha ; a east

o o o f V in h n ur the Blessed irgin , doubtless her

o Puriﬁcati n , which in certain churches is only cele b ra t e d o n 1 1 o r I t h o f F the th 5 ebruary.

: 2 C . Sexagesima Sunday orinthians vi . St Paul

C o inﬁde ls exhorts the hristians to av id dealings with .

2 Quadragesima Sunday Corinthians vi . The same passage that we read n o wadays : exho rtation t o b proﬁt y the acceptable time .

fo f o f Third , urth , and ﬁ th Sundays Lent embrace

o o o f some anal g us exh rtations taken rom Galatians ,

1 R o C . o f orinthians , mans The lection Holy Thursday is the same as o urs the passage o f the E pistle t o the

C . o f orinthians where St Paul speaks the Last Supper . E aster and during the week which follows : the

f o . o f teachings , always r m St Paul , inculcate the idea

o f fo r o f o f renovation , combats the cause the Lord ,

o f c o f the reward mer y joy in the Lord . , 66 The L ect iona ry

A D a o f o E e scension y the lecti n , taken r m the pistl

E o . to the phesians , is an exhortati n to unity There

fo r fo r is also a lection the Litany, another the eve ,

f fo r f a terwards Pentecost . There ollows an enumera

o f f E V o : . . . tion easts St leutherius, St George , St ict r ,

. i s Pro t a siu s . V Gerva s u St Pancratius , St itus , SS . and , the eve o f St . John Baptist Nativity o f St . John , A Baptist , SS . Peter and Paul , St . Thomas postle

rd F . (celebrated 3 July SS . Nabor and elix , St ) , A a z a riu s . pollinaris , St . N , Holy Machabees , St Sixtus ,

St . Laurentius , St . Hippolytus, St . Mammes St . , f o . C Genesius , Beheading St John Baptist, St . yprian ,

E D a mia nu s n . C . St uphemia, SS . osma and , St Marti ,

A o A d . R St nthony , St . manus , St . n rew .

A S see o f t o we , most these names belong the R oman calendar : the A mbrosian liturgy mentions

ff o b u t . them , consecrates them with a di erent lecti n

’ To mma si s o f A list ends with the Sundays dvent , which are six in number and have spe cial lections

f o : fo r always taken r m St . Paul the rest it is , characteristic o f this document t o have exclusi vely f A passages rom the great postle .

The M oz a ra bic a nd elt ic Lit u r ies —To C g . that which

z b o concerns the Mo ara ic liturgy, we have n thing to

o mes o f o f add here . The C in the usage the Church Toledo has Shown us that Spain had some po ints in common with Rome in its lections before the seventh

o century , but this d es not prevent us thinking that during the fo llowing centurie s it used the e lib e rt y

68 The L ect io na ry

no t sa y that the lection was impeded by the s o lemnity

’ o f — d saints days rare enough , by the way, at this perio .

fo r d d The choice, except the Satur ay Sun ay , and ,

o f f o f the mysteries the li e our Saviour , is not very complicated they contented themselves with follow

o f E ing the order each vangelist , reading them as

f : . . . ollows St John , St Matthew , St Mark St . ,

Luke . The ecclesiastical year began at E aster the Gospel

o f E St . John ﬁlled up the seven weeks between aster

o f and Pentecost , the lesson the Sunday being longer , and apparently chosen according o n a determined

o o f plan , the acc unt the most remarkable miracles , most developed parab les a nd most important teach , ings o f the Saviour being then set forth note o n the fourth Sunday the conversati o n o f Jesus with the

a nd o n f Samaritan woman (iv. 5 then the ﬁ th

o f o b 1 A the miracle the man b rn lind (ix . t Matins on Pentecost the appearance o f Jesus t o the

b o f d A . fo postles in the a sence St Thomas , rea be re d o n . a n Low Sunday , is given again (xx at Mass the discussion among the Jews ab o ut Jesus a nd

o ii — b o V . His missi n is r ught up ( . 5 3 viii The Gospel

da f according to St . Matthew begins the y a ter Pente

e o f f w o cost , the pericop s which ollo each ther during the days o f the week special perico pes are reserved

fo r . the Saturday and Sunday only Likewise, when

1 i e ne i . 8 1 e e e ma s a t h e e i o e n Scr v r, . p , h r r rk th t p r c p co ce rn in h e a du e o u s o ma n is a n in in a ll no n ma nu g t lt r w w t g k w scripts . E va ngela ries of t he E a st 69

is fo r - f St . Mark taken the week days , beginning rom d f . the twel th Sun ay, St Matthew is continued on

the Saturdays a nd Sundays up t o the seventeenth . So metimes these readings o f the Saturday and Sunday

fo Fo r llow each other in an inverse order. example , — o n fo . 1 the urth Sunday , St . Matthew viii 5 3, and the

1 —2 f f eve , St . Matthew viii . 4 3 rom the ourth to the

' twelfth Sundays the miracles o f Jesus (the centurion s

—1 r servant , viii . 5 5 the two possessed in the count y — —8 o f . 2 8 . 1 . 1 the Gerasenes , viii ix paralytic , ix the

t w o b orn blind and the dumb man possessed by a devil , — . 2 o o f X iv . 1 ix 7 35 ﬁrst multiplicati n loaves , 4

b i 1 6—2 6 the para les (the r ch young man , xiv . ; the — s . 2 f unjust hu bandman , xxi 33 4 ; the marriage east , — f . 2 1 o 1 xxii 4 parable the talents xxv . 4 lastly , ,

ha n a n 2 1 - 2 8 C na e . the , XV ) this seventeenth Sunday carries us approximately t o the 1 4th September .

o f Then the Gospel St . Luke commences , under

o r t he n w e e a r. 86 this rubric f y Scrivener (vol i . p . ) f 2 t h thinks that this indication re ers to 4 September,

I st A s f and not the . new e t o Sundays continues

o t o with ut interruption up Quinquagesima ; St . ’ da Luke s account is read each y , in the same order o f the text , up to the beginning o f the thirteenth week (Saturdays and Sundays always excepted) .

F o o f r m the beginning the thirteenth week St . Mark

d o f ha d is resume , part which been read between the thirteenth and seventeenth weeks after Pente

o t c st ; nevertheless S . Luke is continued o n Satur 7 0 The L ect i ona ry d o f ays and Sundays . The seventeenth Sunday w this new series coincides with that hich , among n Wester s , precedes Septuagesima the Greeks resume fo r the second time the gospel o f the Cha na ne a n

. 2 1 (St . Matt xv .

D u e o f uring Lent and p to the b ginning Holy Week , the passages o f the Saturday and Sunday are taken o f o ne rdinarily rom St . Mark should , however, except

i o f ﬁrst o f that the Sunday , the discourse Jesus with

o — o f Nathaniel (J hn i . 44 5 the sixth Saturday, eve

S a t u rda o L a z a ru s Palm Sunday, called the y f (John

. o f xi 7 Palm Sunday, when the account the

1 E da repast at Bethany is read (J o hn xii . ach y o f Holy Week there are two distinct passages from the

fo r fo r Gospel , the ﬁrst Matins , the second the Liturgy the passages recall the events o f the last days o f the

O n o f Passion . Holy Thursday the histories the Passion according to the four E vangelists a re c o m b ine d is and united in twelve lections , which also

F E D a done on Good riday. Likewise , on aster y, the account o f the R esurrection and the appe arances o f Jesus according to the four E vangelists is combined in eleven lessons . The M enology attached to the manuscripts Cyp riu s and Ca mp ia nu s presents in turn the peculiarities o f the Greek Church : the beginning does not coincide

o f E with the beginning the ecclesiastical year at aster ,

o f I s but with that the civil year , towards the t September (ﬁfteenth Sunday after Pentecost) ; the E va ngela ries of t he E a st 7 I

fe w n solemnities are in number, and the prese ce there o f some is a pro o f that the copyist o r author o f this list w a s later than the eighth century .

ne f o f o u r o f O sees there as easts Lord , those C d 2 t h D hristmas ﬁxe to 5 ecember, with the evangelical — — f o . 1 2 . 1 8 2 pericopes r m St . Matthew ii 3 3 and i 5

C o o n I st the ircumcisi n January , with the passages

—2 - E f . . 2 0 1 0 2 o n rom St Luke ii and 4 5 ; the piphany ,

6t h o f o f January, the account the Baptism Jesus is — 1 1 . 1 read (St . Mark i . 9 and St Matthew iii . 3 a nd 2 nd F the Presentation in the Temple , ebruar y,

b f o f E x a l the account given y St . Luke . The east the t a t io n o f the H o ly Cross is kept o n 1 4th September a nd o f 2 8— 6 the passage St . John xii . 3 is read , where Jesus foretells that He will be gloriﬁed by the

C a nd o o f ross , the acc unt the Cruciﬁxion as it is given b E s 6— f o f y the same vangeli t , xix . 35 . The easts the Holy Virgin are numero us enough the Nativity o n 8 t h b o f b Septem er , with the account the visitation y

t o o — Mary her c usin E li z ab eth (St . Luke i . 39 49 and fo o d b ll we y the passage about Martha and Mary (St .

8— 2 2 Luke x . 3 4 ) the Annunciation ( 5 t h March) and

o f A the mission the rchangel Gabriel (St . Luke i .

2 A o 1 t h A 4 the ssumpti n ( 5 ugust) , where the O n passage about Martha and Mary is read again .

8 f o f th November there is a east in honour St .

a nd A o n o Michael the rchangels , which ccasion two Gospel passages are read which have no t much to do A with the ngels they are St . Matthew xviii . 7 2 The L ec t iona ry

— — is x 1 6 2 1 . . 1 0 2 0 a nd St . Luke . St John Baptist

: t h a s mentioned many times on 7 January , the h F b u o . 2 2 t prec rsor (St . J hn i 9 on 4 e ruary, the

o f d t w o f ﬁnding his hea , with passages rom the

Go spe ls the emb assy o f the precursor t o Jesus (St . f b VII . 1 8 o Luke the praise St . John Baptist y

2 t h the Saviour (St . Matthew xi . 5 on 4 June ,

— o t h b . 1 2 n 2 his irth (St Luke i . 5 and 5 7 9

A 1 —1 ugust , his beheading (St . Matthew xvi . 3 and

1 h f s fo r . o t St Mark vi . 4 The 3 June has a ea t

t A o f o . the welve p stles , with the passage r m St

1 —1 8 A o ha s o Matthew x . ; each p stle als his own

f : o n 6t h O o . particular east St . Thomas ct ber (St

1 b o o f o J o hn xx . 9 St . James the r ther the L rd

o n 2 rd . . 1 o n 3 O ctober (St Mark vi St . Philip

1 o o n 4 th N vember (St . John i . 44 5 St Matthew

1 6 o b A d th N vem er (St . Matthew ix . 9 St . n rew on

o t h o . o so n 3 N vember (St J hn i . 35 St James the o f Z o n o t h A 1 ebedee 3 pril (St . Matthew x . St . h o o i o n 8t . o J hn the The log an May (St J hn xix .

2 h M a . o n 2 6t . 2 1 5 St Jude y (St John xiv .

. b St Bartholomew at the same time as St . Barna as

1 1 t h on June (St . Mark vi . 7 St . Jude the

o f o n l t h brother the Lord g June (St . Mark vi . 2 t h 7 SS . Peter and Paul on 9 June (St . John — . 1 1 . 1 xxi 5 3 and St Matthew xvi 3 lastly St . — d s zu o n 2 0t h A . 1 6 Thad a ugust (St Matthew x .

D ist ribu t ion of t he L ect ions in o t her E a s t ern — Chu rches o . A Scrivener remarks (Introducti n I I , p E va ngela ries of t he E a st 7 3

pe ndix A) that the ordinary lessons o f the Syriac Church up t o the eleventh century were the same as

those o f the Greek Church .

C C o o f In the optic hurch , the distributi n the passages is quite di fferent ; there are none save fo r C the Sunday. Nevertheless , assian expressly tells us that in the ﬁfth century the E gyptians read a p assage o f the E pistles and Go spels every Saturday (I ns t it u E t ions . , iii ach Sunday has three Gospel lections , generally taken fro m three different narrators St . J o hn alone is read in the months o f January and F b f E 1 e ruary , and during the ﬁve weeks ollowing aster .

eremonia l observed o r t he R ea din o he Gos el C f g f t p . The distribution o f the G o spel pericopes has taken

o e t fa r up some c nsiderable space , and y we are from having exhausted the subject ; and so we can o nly give a brief sketch o f the usages o f these

R a u do t f. e n churches relative to the lection itsel , in

o n o his notes the Syriac liturgies , menti ns that the go spel was read in Syriac and afterwards in the vulgar Arab ic that it was read by the priest and not

o f by the deacon , and that a double interpretation it , o ne o f literal and simple , the other by way a para

o r o A s phrase h mily , was given . to the prayers and fo o f rmulas veneration , they are , he says, the same in all the rites , and tend to inculcate in their hearers the

o f D necessity attending to the ivine Word , and above

o f fo r all putting it into practice in their lives . Here , 1 mi D ic t i o na r o hrist i a n nt i i t ies I I . . S th, y f C A qu , p . 95 9 7 4 The L ect iona ry

is o ne o f fo : E va n eliu m example , these rmulas g

S a nct u m D IV dic t u e M a t t hd u m . rm a m r . C. p p a os t olu m a u t er oha nnem vit a m et sa l u t em a nnu n p , p j , t ia ns mu ndo o r else : A nnu nt ia t io viviﬁca p er M a rcu m o r L u ea m E va ngelis t a s qu m a nnu nt ia t vit a m et sa lu t em mu ndo and it go es o n I n t empore igit u r disp ens a t io nis D o mini D ei et S a lva t oris nos t ri esu Chris t i j , Verbi D ei qu od a nnu nt ia t u m f u era t : and after the

o : D o mino nost ro es u Chris t o h mni g spel he says j , y ,

' la u des et benedict iones ro t er verba o u s v ivo a d nos , p p j ; et P a t ri eju s qu i misit illu m a d sa lu t em nost ru m e t Sp irit u i vivo et sa nc t o qu i v iviﬁc a t nos in smcu la 1 s meu loru A m. men .

A mong the Nestorians exactly the same marks o f respect are shown at the reading o f the gospel the

is book saluted and incensed , two acolytes carry

fo r lighted torches to the place the gospel , and it is

sung in all churches in a loud voice . But it ere long became the custom in the E ast as well as the West t o 2 allow the deacon to Sing it at Solemn Masses . The

o H st i . E cc l . . historian S crates ( , bk vi . c . 5 ) alludes to

o f C o : S edens in s u est a it, speaking St . hrysost m gg u nde a nt ea u o a c iliu s a u diret u r co ncio na ri s oleba t q f , “ ra a u it o t ionem in reprehensio nem eju s h b . The custom o f the deacon asking fo r a blessing

1 R ena udo t Lit u r ia ru m o ri ent a li u m co llect io I I . . 6 , g , pp 9 a nd 1 9 . 2 a a a ni D e o dice E v a n eli i . . C t l , C g , p 35 3 ’ f Amb . : 1 0 i ct . d A ch l c hrét i enne e de Li t u r i e o . D r c o . t g , , i o 33

7 6 The L ec t iona ry

a nd S a ient ia then he holds it up Shows it , saying p , rect i (this is interpreted as an invitation to listen t o the Divine wi s dom standing up) ; the deacon then

o o o n puts the b k the altar, and ﬁve times invites the attention o f the people : A t t ent i s imu s he then in

r censes the altar, sanctua y , and even the veil over the

o a nd t o f blations , goes the priest who is be ore the altar ;

o o a nd having taken the bo k , he b ws his head asks

o o u t o f fo r a b lessing . Then he g es the sanctuary

to the place where the gospel is sung , preceded by

lighted torches and incense . The priest remains at

t o the altar and , turning the west , says in a loud voice

S a ient ia rect i a u dia mu s sa nct u m E va n eliu m p , g the deacon answers : L ec t io sa nct i E va ngelii ; the choir sa y : Gloria t ibi D omine ; and the priest again says

A t t enda rnu s . o o The lecti n ver , the deacon again

o enters the sanctuary and gives the b ok to the priest , i A P a x t ib . E who says to him mong the thiopians , the deacon in like manner goes round the church

fo : S u r it e a ndit o E va n be re the gospel and cries out g , geliu m sa nc t u m et bona rn a nnu nt ia t ionem Domini

nos t ri et S a lva t o ris nost ri esu Christ i j ; the priest ,

having taken the book , incenses it three times , and f f then , a ter a solemn prayer , himsel Sings the gospel

as usual . A mong the Greeks , not only does the bishop stand f f when the aith ul do to listen to the gospel , but ,

t o o o f t he o according an auth r Sixth century, Isid re o f Pe lu s iu m o ff o mo ho rion L , he puts the p (in atin , E va ngela ries of t he West 7 7

a lliu m o f o f o w p ) , a sort ornament wo l hich he wears over his shoulders as a symbol o f the Divine Shepherd bearing the lost sheep on His sh o ulders ; and this taking o ff o f the o mophorion is a testimony o f t he respect rendered t o the chief and supreme Pastor who

o speaks in the gospel . The lecti n is heard standing in the attitude o f a servant and disciple when he

o o f t o o receives the instructi ns his master, Sh w his

fo r o o f respect the teaching and pers n the master, his

o u t his f wish to carry orders , and to seek a ter the

b e eternal happiness which will the reward .

For t he West

D ist ribu ion o t he Gos el t hrou hou t t he Yea r — At t f p g .

R a nd o f o ome in the churches S uthern Italy , such as Ad Naples , the ecclesiastical year began at vent they

d fo o r s Fo r reckone ur ﬁve Sundays in this sea on .

f fo C Pa me liu s the ﬁ th Sunday be re hristmas , gives the

o f . o . fo r f multiplication bread (St J hn vi 5 ) the ourth ,

o o f 1 — the epis de Bethany (St . Matt . xxi . 9) the

o d o f third , sec n , and ﬁrst Sundays have a passage

2 St . Luke on the last days (St . Luke xxi . 5 the

o f o acc unt o the sending by St . J hn Baptist t o Jesus 2 f . . o f (St Matt xi . the inquiry the Jews o John

t o o if C . Baptist kn w he was the hrist (St John i . 1 9 It is to these three last passages that a f o . f homily St Gregory the Great re ers , the ﬁrst ,

t he sixth , and the seventh . Christmas E ve recalls

o f . the appearance the angel to St . Joseph (St Matt . 7 8 The L ect iona ry

- - 1 11 . 2 1 0 . . ) the same day , at cock crow , St Luke ii

1 o f at the sunrise , St . Luke ii . 5 at the Mass the

. 1 1 Fo r f o o f . o . day the prol gue St J hn , i 4 the easts ,

o . . that foll w Christmas , St Stephen , St John , the

o Holy Innocents , Sunday within the ctave, the

E fo r Circumcision , the piphany , and the Sundays

t o Pa me liu s following up Holy Week , gives the gospel

o - da o n f peric pes that we have to y, except the ﬁ th

f E o f . Sunday a ter piphany , when a passage St Matthew

2 — 0 t h o d o f xi . 5 3 is read e sec n Sunday Lent , when

o f Cha na ne a n d the episode the is rea (St . Matt . xv .

‘ o f o o f o 2 1 Some the h milies St . Greg ry agree

l o t h fo r E with this distribution , the the piphany, the

l t h fo r I t h fo r g Septuagesima , the 5 Sexagesima , the

1 6 fo r d e 1 8 fo r th the ﬁrst Sun ay in L nt , the th Passion f d b Sunday . The same agreement is oun etween the Co mes pub lished by Pa me liu s and the actual dist rib u tion o f the gospels in the R oman Church fo r each da y o f H o ly Week and Low Week ; it is the same als o fo r the Sundays and feast o f the Ascension ,

. o o f f right up till Pentecost In the ctave this east , the Co mes o f Pa meliu s sets before us the disco urse o f

d o iii 1 - 1 Jesus with Nico emus (St . J hn . 5 ) which we read o n the Monday o f Pentecost Fo r the Sundays f d which ollow , it seems simpler to give the istribution o f the Co mes acco rding to Pa meliu s

f : 2 nd 1 o r Sundays a ter Pentecost , St . Luke xvi .

1 — 1 f f d o r 9 3 , the un aith ul stewar , the rich man and

d t — c r S . 1 6 2 z . a ra ble o f La arus ; 3 , Luke xiv 4 , p the E va ngela ries of t he West 7 9

t h 1 —1 0 supper ; 4 , St . Luke xv. , the lost sheep ; — f 6t h 6 2 . t h . . 5 , St Luke vi 3 4 , to be merci ul ; , St

1 —1 1 o o f Luke V . , the miracul us draught ﬁshes on the

f n sa r h t h 2 0—2 o Ge ne e t . . . lake ; 7 , St Matt V 4 , the o ffering at the altar and reconciliation with thy h — b o 8t . . 1 r ther ; , St Mark viii 9 second multiplica , — h . 1 2 1 f o f t . tion loaves ; 9 , St Matt . vii 5 , alse

l o t h 1 — prophets denounced ; , St . Luke xvi . 9 , the

h 1 — f f 1 1 t . . un aith ul steward ; , St Luke xix 4 47 ,

o 1 2 t h . Jesus weeps ver Jerusalem ; , St Luke xviii .

1 1 97 4 , the Pharisee and publican ; 3th , St . Mark — f f 1 VII . 1 o . 3 37 , cure the dea and dumb ; 4th , St — 2 o 1 . . 3 37 , the g od Samaritan 5 th St Luke Luke x ,

1 1 —1 1 6 xvii . 9 , the ten lepers cleansed ; th , St . Matt .

2 — a 1 vi . 4 33, we c nnot serve two masters ; 7 th , St . — Vii. 1 1 1 6 so n o f o f 1 8t h Luke , the widow Nain ; ,

1 —1 1 o f . . , the cure the dropsical man St Luke xiv , a nd o f l t h the choice the ﬁrst places ; g , St . Matt . — 6 xxii . 34 4 , the great commandment, and Jesus son h — D 2 0t . . 1 8 o f . o f avid ; , St Matt xix , cure the

o f 2 1 5 t paralytic , and remission sins , St . Matt . xxii .

1 —1 o f f 2 2 nd 4 , parable the marriage east ; , St . John ’ 6 o f Ca ha rna u m s so n . d iv 4 5 3, the ruler p cure 2 3rd — , t . 2 S . Matt xviii . 3 35 f d , the unjust servant who re use

fo d 2 h — t o t . . 1 rgive the ebt ; 4 , St Matt xxii . 2 1 5 ,

t o a 2 t h - C . 1 8 St . 2 2 tribute sar 5 , Matt ix , the issue ’ o f b o a nd 2 6t h . x ii l od , Jairus daughter ; , St Mark .

81- o f d 3 34 , the end time ; the Sun ay immediately d — A . 1 preceding vent, St John vi . 5 4 , multiplication 80 The L ect iona ry o f C bread . omparing this list with the gospe ls o f o u r prayer- books o r R oman missals the reader can , see easily that the di fference co nsists in a slight

o f change order, although the pericopes are the same .

o t h 6t h t h o f The 4 , 3 , and 34 homilies the collection

o f . 2 nd rd a nd t h St Gregory correspond to the , 3 , 4 Sundays When one looks more closely into this list o f

’ o f E D o R evu e pericopes Burchard s vangelary ( . M rin ,

1 8 1 1 f o f 93, p . 3 and oll wing) , and a terwards at Capit u la re E va ngelio ru m N eap olit a na (appendix t o

icu s b D o L iber Com b . o ne the pu lished y M rin) , easily notices a common source some o f the peculiarities are f o o . fo l the st ry the Samaritan woman (St John iv. 5 . )

o n d f E o placed the secon Sunday a ter piphany , s me

fo r d o f o special gospels the Sun ays Lent, with menti n o f the preparation o f the catechumens fo r b aptism

“ fo r example : do minica 3 qu a drages immqu a ndo psa lmi

“ domin ca u . i a n r . do a ccrpiu nt u (St . Matt xx 4 q

“ a cc i iu nt Vi. domini . ca ora t ionem p (St Matt . 5

mbolu rn a cci iu nt — s . . qu a ndo y p (St Matt. xxi . xxii ) “ de indu l ent ia . o 1 f do minica 6 g (St J hn xii . and ollow

A o o f d d ing) . go d number pericopes are marke un er the rub ric qu ot idia na and o ught t o be read in the week

t o f t o f some are assigned certain erias , certain asts ,

fo r o f o r f o o s others the commons a martyr con ess r , ther

d o r o f s d . fo r the ead In the calen ar , proper saint , those di ff erences are chieﬂy met with which have le d to the attribution o f one such collection to the Church E va ngela ries of t he West 8 1

o f Milan and o f another to the Churches o f Gaul o r

Spain . From the many manuscripts belonging to the

o ne o f o f . Gallican Liturgy , the monastery St Martin

A b o f at utun , two in the National Li rary Paris , as

o f well as the Lectionary Luxeuil , it seems that an attempt was made in Gaul to appro ximate the texts D o f d . Spain and Irelan . In the interesting notes that

o d t o b o f Liber Co mic u s M rin a ds his pu lication the , a

o f o fo r C o f d collection lecti ns the hurch Tole o , let us — take the foll o wing in p a ssingz O n the third Sunday o f A d o f dvent , the episo e Bethany ; there are ﬁve

fo r o f Sundays this time preparation , during which o f o f r o ne ccurs a east in honour Ma y , the only that

C o fo r this odex includes ; in Lent , lecti ns in the week ,

o F o n the M nday , Wednesday, riday , and Saturday the ﬁrst Sunday o f Lent the stor o f the Samaritan , y

o o n o o f o w man the sec nd , the miracle the man b rn b d fo d in lin ; the urth Sunday is note in the rubric, vices ima sa da fo , that is to y, the twentieth y be re

E a nd de media nt e die est o o f aster , still called f because ,

o f 1 the passage St . John vii . 4 , which is read on that da f de L a z a ro y the ﬁ th is called , because the

o o f n d . 1 acc u t his resurrection is rea (St . John xi

b Hilde ho nsu s dies Palm Sunday is called y St . p u nct io nis a nd f , the passage read is rom St . John xi . 5 5

. 1 xii 3. These Sundays o f Lent have a gospel passage distinct from that o f the Mass ; the Thursday and Friday o f H o ly Week have an account o f the Passion formed from the text o f the four Gospels this is an 6 8 2 The L ect iona ry

o A echo o f the ﬁrst discourse f which St . ugustine

o speaks in one f his sermons (serm . During E aster week the passages read are about ,

1 — the R esurrection St Mark xvi . 7 ; St . Luke xxiv.

- — — - 8 1 1 1 1 2 . . 1 . 1 0 1 3 5 , xxiv . ; St John xv 9 , xx , — 1 . O n f : xxi . 1 4 the Sundays ollowing the appear

A . t o . ance the postles and St Thomas (St . John xx

1 9 the paralytic at the pool o f Probatica (St .

1 S t o John V . mutual love recommended ( . J hn

— o xiii . 33 xiv . Jesus the true vine (St . J hn xv . — 1 x vi. 1 5 ) Jesus announces His departure (St . John 1 6 33) o n the A scension is read the acc o unt o f His 6— last appearance given by St . Luke (xxiv. 3 5

d o f . . Sun ay within the octave, that St Mark (xvi

1 o f d o 5 Pentecost , divers passages the isc urse f a ter the Supper in chapters xv . , xvi . , and xvii . Then

f fo r f o fo r ollow gospel passages certain easts , peric pes

o f fo r the common saints , certain circumstances , the

o f o r o . f consecration a church , the litanies Save s me

o f - fo places missing , the series twenty ur Sundays after Penteco st is given under the rubric de do minic is

u ot idia nos z— f f I s q passages rom St . Matthew rom the t — — t o 6t h 1 2 6 1 2 1 - : . 8 . 1 the Sunday v 7 ; iv . 3 viii 3 ; — — — 2 6 6 I I 1 2 - 2 1 f . 1 V viii 4 ; xxiv. 3 3 ; . ; rom St . Mark f t h 1 0t h : - 2 1 — 1 rom the 7 to the i . 35 44 ; v. 3 ; — — — . 1 1 . 6 2 f f o l o t h t o x 7 3 X 4 5 rom St. Luke r m the

2 2 nd se t 1 v the in this the Sundays , iv . 3 , . , vi . , vii . , fo llow each other up till the 1 4th Sunday ; on the

1 t he o f so n . 5 th Sunday , parable the prodigal , xv

8 4 The L ect iona ry

lx x x n A o o f du P L . . re m . . , . t c c uncil f , Vaison held in 5 2 gives this privilege as the m o tive , 9 , “ o f other functions attributed t o the deaco n S i

resb t er a li u a in rmit a t e rohibent e er sez s u m non p y , q ﬁ p , p p

ot erit rmdica re sa nct oru m P a t ru m homilim a dia p p ,

co ni u s rec it ent u r s i enim di u i s u nt dia co nes u od b , g q

hrist u s in eva n elio loc u t u s est le ere u a re indi ni udi C g g , q g j ” u P ru m ex os it io nes u c re i cent u r sa nct or m a t p p bli e c t a re.

o f d o Primitively , it is true, the ordination the eac n did no t include the tradition o f the Book o f the Go spels (this did no t invalidate a power elsewhere reco gni z ed if O and used) , but , we may so express it , the rdinals

f Wis i will very soon make good this de ect . The go t h L iber o rdinu m (a manuscript o f the eleventh century

b d b D P e o pu lishe y . rotin) says that the G spel is given to the deacon by the bisho p at the o rdinati o n

f E cce E va n eliu m Christ i a cc i e with this ormula g , p , ” ex u o a nnu nt ies bona m ra t ia m deli o u lo q g ﬁ p p . The documents referred t o further back (from the L iber

d D o Comicu s publishe by . M rin) mention the fact that

o f o on certain days there were two lections the G spel , o f which o ne was fo r Matins and the other fo r the Mass : a manifest proo f that the Go spel pericope ﬁgured at the o fﬁce as well as at the celebration o f the h o ly

o f Ordine mysteries ; we know , m reover , rom the s

R o ma ni a nd D Thesa u ru s no v d . a nec ot (Martini urand , ,

. 1 0 d t V 3) that the practice existe in the Wes . M o re

o f R o o f ten , at the oman Matins , the Gospel peric pe

d it s the corresponding Mass was rea in entirety . E va ngela ries of t he West 8 5

z o f When St . Benedict organi ed the lessons the

f a s o f monastic o ﬁce , he took a model the order

iz o V . : f biblical lecti ns read at Mass , a passage rom

o f A o f the Prophets , a passage the postle , a passage the Gospel . This latter was probably abridged in the VI I 1 R . oman Breviary by St . Gregory

Fo r Ordo R oma nu s the High Mass , the gives the follo wing ceremonial fo r the Singing o f the Gospel The deacon having kissed the feet o f the celebrant

t o and asked his blessing, goes the altar , takes the f book rom which he is going to Sing the Gospel ,

o n kisses it , raises it up and holding it partly his left , shoulder goes t o the a mbo . Tw o subdeaco ns precede him with one o r two censers ; another subdeacon f f f ollows a ter to put in incense rom time to time. O n arrivi ng at the ambo the acolytes bearing the candles separate so as to all o w the two subdeacons

and the deacon with the Gospel to pass between them . The subdeacons walk in front with their censers , ascend the ambo by o ne side and come down by the

f o f other, when they remain at the oot the stairs the subdeaco n who ha s not a censer turns himself to wards f f the deacon , puts orward his le t arm , on which the deacon rests the Gospel that the subdeaco n may

o u t point to him what he ought to read . He after

o wards ascends the amb , and , placing the book on

: D ominu s vobis u a high lectern , he Sings c m. All

1 u me Hist oire de B rév ia ire n D . B a a s a d e b D . B i o n i. r, , tr l t y r , 6 p . 39 . 8 6 The L ec t iona ry

t u m s irit u t u o answer E c p o . The G spel being sung ,

d o f the eac n comes down rom the ambo , and he who is facing him receives the book o f the Gospels ;

o d f o o f t h l ing it in r nt him , he immediately akes it to ” 1 o a nd o o o the bish p the priest t kiss . Some anal g us

o f o f rites are read in the ceremonial Milan .

do R o ma nu s sec u du o c i r n s l . t O c . The (Muratori, ,

1 1 o d — p . 0 0) adds s me etails The deacon after D ominu s v b s u m : e u en ia v o i S t . E . c S . says q , etc and

o f C f makes the Sign the ross on his orehead and breast , which all the assistants also do each puts down the staff on which he rests t o pray standing and after , wards uncovers ; the deaco n turns to the south and all look at him , the acolytes put down their lighted torches . The Gospel being ended , the assistants

o f again make the Sign the Cross . The Ambrosian rite introduces the expressi o n D ominu s jes us to de

Ma b illo n M u l I a . s t . signate the Saviour ( , . , p At R ome , the Gospel , like the other lessons , was

e no t sometimes read in Latin and Gre k , only to f ff satis y hearers talking in di erent dialects , but also to sho w the unanimity o f belief among them (see Ordo ’ m u s A ma la riu s s R o a n . . 0 , i No 4 , and note in Muratori ,

2 p - 97 )

Af f f e ter the lection , the early aith ul answ red A men according t o the Deuteronomic rule as to the

1 ’ ‘ h e’ enne et de it u e n Di et . d A rcheo l . c r t i L r i u de g , r wo rd “ ” S a s rdo R ma nus ri u s mb 1 6. ee o O o m i Mu A o . n a i , c 33 l p , r to r ,

iii a . . x . , p rt p 994 E va ngela ries of t he West 8 7

o f A reading the ncient Law . The same practice is f z ound in the Mo arabic liturgy , and is still observed in f the Benedictine order , at Matins , in con ormity with f o f . . o the prescriptions St Benedict in ch . xi the

R : ule . It was m o diﬁed in the course o f time they

s a : D eo ra t ia s D u R used to y g ( rand , in his ationale o f o fﬁ o f f the divine ces , makes mention this ormula B enedic t u s qu i venit in nomine D omini) we now say

L a u s t ibi hris e de odic i E va n elii C t Catalani C , ( , g ch .

The custom also arose, chieﬂy in the sixth century , o f enclosing in precious articles the book o f the

Ordines R oma ni in Gospels , and the early include st ru c t io s n which already assume this practice . We shall see in the following chapter what development s have been given it . C H A PTE R I II

T HI R D P E R IOD

The L ec t io na ri es a nd E va nge la ries fro m t he E levent h t o t he F ift e ent h Ce nt u ri es

— I . GENE RAL GLANCE AT THE DOCUM ENTS

THE E TI NA I ES I . L C O R

“ U NDE R the denomination o f plena ry Lection V “ o . . aries T mmasi (preface to Book p . xxi means , ) the collecti o n wherei n o ne ﬁnds se t in o rder the passages o f the Old and New Testaments which

o Should be read each day at Mass . He c nsiders that some books o f this kind must in fact have existed , that there were also occasionally two separate co llections : that containing the lecti o ns o f the O ld Testament keeping the generic name o f Lecti o nary

o f E o f A o that the pistles the p stles , called sometimes

o r E o o o f the Missal pistolary , s metimes the bo k the

A A : postle , or more simply the postle the one and the o ther o f these latter canno t be termed the complete

o f o Lectionary . In spite the indicati ns given at the

o f o f beginning this little book , this word explanation 88 Genera l Gla nce a t t he Docu ment s 8 9

ha s seemed necessary here to enable the reader t o fully understand t o what documents we wish to con

o ﬁne urselves .

I o u r . It is still the Blessed Tommasi who will be principal guide in establishing the Lecti o nary o f the Mass according to the rite o f the R o man Church

V o f 2 0 in Book . his works , p . 3 he enumerates ,

the manuscripts used by him . They are f ( 1 ) E The Great E squiline Ho mila ry o St . Mary

o o fo r Maj r, containing the h milies the third nocturn o n the E pistles and Gospels fo r Sundays and feasts b D R . the canon Benedict , in his itual , edited later y

Ma b illo n f e o o n E . , O ten mentions the less ns the pistl s

2 : A o f ( ) G manuscript St . Gall . (3) H A Ho mila ry with ancient E pistolary edited

b uﬁe z I 2 y the Spaniard N in 5 7 . (4) L A manuscript o f the Basilica o f the Saviour

at the Lateran . (5 ) O : A manuscript Missal o f the Oratory o f the V allicella. (6) P The manuscript o f the Palatine Library at V N o . the atican classed under . 497 (7 ) S A manuscript Missal o f Cardinal S irle t o at the Barberine Library .

8 V : A o f o f ( ) manuscript the Basilica St . Peter at the Vatican . (9) Still some others that Tommasi designates under

the rubric MS .

N . B . A S to the order o f the lessons arranged by 90 The L ect io na ry

Ve zz o z i Tommasi on these documents , we have , says , compared that o f a manuscript o f the Church called

B irt ironens is t o , which seems go back to the beginning ” o f the tenth century. The Lectionary as established

fo under these conditions represents , there re , the state o f o o f a s t he R o C the lecti ns the Mass , such man hurch

S ix f practised them during more than centuries , rom

o the tenth to the seventeenth . This embraces n t only

o o f the peri d the manuscripts that we are studying , but

o f t h that the plenary missals and e early printed books .

2 E hre ns r e r who . b e g , published a volume on the

o f V Lib ra r Fribo u r liturgical manuscripts the atican y( g, furnishes u s with some new documents in addition to th o se used by Tommasi . We shall in only notice in a general way the Lectionaries ,

o f F cluding the sermons and homilies the athers ,

o f f and embracing a period some length , namely rom ,

f 2 — . 1 0 8 the ninth to the ﬁ teenth centuries (v pp . 15 ) o f th e i they apply chieﬂy to the lections B rev ary , but bear indirectly also on the passages from the

Scriptures which ought to be read at Mass . But special mention must be made o f the E pistolaries

E 1 1 . 0 o f ( ) Palatine pistolary, No 5 , manuscript the — It E eleventh century . gives the pistles Proper to the

o f C o f E season hristmas , up to the close iphan p y,

fo r f with the lessons the Wednesdays ; a ter that , the

o o f Af Pr per the Saints . ter Quin ua esima Sunda q g y ,

o f s f it resumes the series Sunday and erias . Begin

f E e E o ning rom aster, it giv s the pistles Prope r t the

9 2 The L ec t iona ry

o f Ad o s fo r The Sundays vent , with the less n the Wednesdays and Fridays and fo r the Quatuor

o . A n 1 1 1 1 Temp ra inserted page bears the date , ﬁve years after the fo undati o n o f the monastery o f Luxheim in the di o cese o f Metz another leaf tells us

o f that the collecti n has been restored , a terwards

b b o f 1 00 em ellished y the Prior Luxheim in 5 , at

o f bo ﬂ o rins a d an expenditure a ut eighty . Some

dit io ns d o f have been ma e in the margins the leaves , illuminations and coloured designs (the A nnuncia

C d o f C tion , hristmas , escent hrist into Limbo , the

o A o n w men at the Sepulchre, the scension , Jesus His thro ne the appariti o n o f the Archangel Gabriel ,

Z o f to achary , and the nativity St . John Baptist) .

o o f t h e 02 (5 ) Lecti nary Mass , Palatine , No . 5 ,

— o f manuscript o f the fourteenth century . Proper the

: E a nd fo r fo r time pistles Gospels all the Sundays , the

d F o f A fo r d Wednes ays and ridays dvent, all the ays o f Lent (the graduals and o ther parts which are sung

— - f o V . o . are n ted) . otive masses Proper Saints — Co mm o n o f Saints Beautiful binding ; type o f the intermediary book between the Lectionary and complete Missal . There follows in Ehre nsb e rge r a list o f complete

o f o f missals , which the oldest is the eleventh century .

TH E VAN ELAR I E 2 . E G S

1 . We must here draw a distinction between the

E va n ela ries P lena riu ms . As f in g and the a act , the Genera l Gla nce a t t he Docu ment s 9 3

o o ninth century , a new liturgical c llecti n , in which f d the Gospel oun a place, had already made its

P lena riu m o f appearance ; this is the , the origin the A complete missals which we now use . witness t o its existence is found in an instruction o f Pope

“ ” “

Le o IV. Let each church , he says have

o a nd de a plenarium , a lecti nary, an antiphonary (

nc il b r cu ra P a st ra li Co . . Ge r e t o , Labbe , , viii

is si i 1 2 1 8 D u i t o 1 . . . 0 ( q , i 9 , p ) thinks that primitively the Plenarium w a s a Sacramentary giving the masses

fo r fo r da . each y and not the Sunday only Indeed ,

f o f be ore this time , in the churches Gaul the lessons

E a nd ( pistles Gospels) , without the anthems , were

: D M a b illo n sometimes put in the Sacramentary . gives us an example in the S a c ra ment a riu m Ga llica nu m

M u ceu m I lic u m s t a . 2 2 which he published ( , p 7 and f u a lli Lit r i ca . a G n . ollowing and g , bk i ch . , A m o ngst the works o f Alcuin there is extant a manual or Liber S a cra ment o ru m co mposed in 7 8 5 o r C even earlier, at the time that harlemagne

d o o en eav ured to get the Gregorian Missal ad pted . Alcuin himself points o u t the o bject o f this collection

o o f in a letter to the m nks St . Waast ; he calls it a

fo r - o ne missal week days . There ﬁnds the collect ,

o - o f f the secret , the p st communi n , o ten the pre ace, and so metimes the epistle and go spel Alcuin had modelled

o f his b o f it , it seems , on a Sacramentary a bey St .

1 mi S e e Diet . o hris t ia n A nt i e it i . u s ii . 1 2 06 n S th, f C q , c a d T mm s f a i . . his o s e f o o a c e 1 2 . , t V w rk , pr , p . 9 4 The L ect iona ry

1 Martin o f Tours . There is even a weighty opinion which considers Alcuin to be the author o f the Gregorian revision fo r the Gauls : in this case the Carlovingian churches would have received their f Missal rom him , a work simpliﬁed later on to the 2 o detriment f historical exactitude . f Thus, during the ollowing centuries , the Missal E should be considered parallel with the vangelary, as the collection containing the Gospel passages o f the

ff o f liturgy ; insensibly , it became the more di used the two , until the day when it almost completely supplanted its rival .

2 A S E va n ela rie s o f . to the g all this period , we must principally rely on the authority and competence

f o - o . the Blessed T mmasi This seventeenth century . I I b e a t iﬁe d V . author, a Theatine cardinal , by Pius , has mightily contributed ‘ to the progress o f liturgical knowledge by his pub lications and his annotations o n

o f G u é ra n e r the monuments the Western liturgy ( g ,

I nst it Li u r t . . g. , tom ii . p . we have kept back

o f o n the mention his work until the moment when , ff d f the evidence he a or s , we can re er the reader back f to actually existing manuscripts that he has himsel , ,

f o f z o r . at least in part , utili ed his work synthesis

o f o 3. Under the heading the Capitulary f the

1 dv n i . a n n nd a e i e me S P . L. c d fo o i a t he s e e . . , t c 445 ll w g, rt t h de — i e e s . . wh c pr c , c 439 445 2 ’ ’ ’ h d c he e h t e e e de it r e S e e in t e Diet . A r o lo i c re i nn t L u i , g g ,

t h e a i e o n A u in . i. . 1 0 8 . rt cl lc , t c 7

96 The L ec t iona ry

. A Codex Va t ica nu s . o f L nother , No 44 , the

o r f eleventh twel th century.

u odices R e nw S u cc ie 1 1 o i . . D C M and N g , Nos and 1 4 54 the second may be about ninth o r tenth

century.

o f o f 0 and P . Two other manuscripts the Queen

Sweden , numbered vi . and ii .

i u s a t ca no N Codex P a la t n in V i O . d . : Q , 44 besi es the o E Gospels , it s metimes even gives the pistles .

R M u t inensis c a t hedra lis ecclesiae odex . C : gives the

s Go pel lessons fo r the masses . E f l S . vangelary o the twe fth century fo r the V 6 atican Basilica , under the number , in the archives o f the same basilica . To this list Ve zz o z i has thought ﬁt t o add t w o

o f o ne o f other manuscripts the Barberine Library ,

No I O B a rberinu s rimu s a nd which , . , p , is tenth century, contains the Go spels in the foll o wing order Sundays

f o f f f o and easts the year ; a ter the easts s me saints .

o 1 862 B a rberinu s s ecu ndu s o f The ther, No . , , is the

a nd fe w o f f t ninth century , gives a the eas s in their place during the year .

E n l r s 4 . Let us here notice the va ge a ie o r Missal s kno wn by m o re recent wo rks

A D o m Gu é ra n e r I nst it u t ions lit u r i u es ( ) g , in his g q ,

2 8 a nd f — . z E tom . iii p . 7 the ollowing , notices ighth

E f o century , a magniﬁcent Greek vangelary r m Naples in the Imperial Library o f Vienna ; an E vangelary

’ t o C b t he said have been harlemagne s , compiled ( y Genera l Gla nce a t t he Docu ment s 9 7 monk Go disc a lc and preserve d in the Library o f the Louvre ; an Evangelary o f the greatest magniﬁce nce

o f o f E executed by the nuns the abbey ike, in Belgium ; another Lectionary written in the abbe y o f f St . Wandrille by an inde atigable copyist named

Ha rdu in —fo r E the ninth century, a rich vangelary

E o e . sent by the mper r Michael to Pop Benedict I I I , and written by the monk Laz arus ; the beautiful

E e o f Greek vangelary kept in the monast ry St .

o f V E b Mihiel , diocese erdun an vangelary written y Alcuin and given by Charlemagne to the abbey o f Ania no ; another written by the monks Lie u t ha rd e e C . and B renger, giv n by harles the Bald to St

E mmera n o f R R atisbon , and placed in the oyal Library o f Munich ; the E vangelary o f the A bbot

E o f R t o Peter, which bbo , archbishop heims , gave

e o f no w the abb y Hautvillers , and which is in the Library o f E pernay ; an E vangelary written by

Ha rt mo n - fo r o f . , abbot St Gall , etc . the tenth

E Uda lric century , the vangelary that St . , bishop o f A o ugsburg , wr te with his own hand , and is preserved in the R oyal Library o f Munich ; an

E b Sint ra m o f vangelary executed y , a monk St .

Gall , and to which the abbey chronicles make the foll o wing allusion : Hoe hodie est E va ngeliu m et serip t u ra eu i nu lla p a r erit u lt ra ; another by the — monk Wit ikind o f Corbie - la - Neuve fo r the eleventh

E o f - A lt a a h century , the vangelary Nieder , in the Library o f Munich ; that o f the Laurentian Library 7 98 The L ec t iona ry

F o f Ama lﬁ at lorence , given to Julius I I . by a bishop ; d f o f V ff . o that the atican , o ered to St Bene ict Mantua D by the Co untess Matilda two Ple na riu ms o f St . enis

o f F in France and St . Maur des osses at the Biblio

e a t io na le R th que N the Missal given by obert , arch

o f C b o f e bishop anterbury , to the a bey Jumi ges , and kept in the Library o f R ouen ; three E va nge la rie s and t w o Lectionaries fo r the E pistles and Gospels written

m r n o R b O t hlo n o o f . E m e a f y , m nk St atisbon some others written by an indefatigable nun o f We issb ru nn — fo r the twelfth a nd following centuries o ne can only

mention the more remarkable manuscripts , such as

f E o f Lie u t o ld the beauti ul vangelary the monk , in the Imperial Library o f Vienna ; a Plenarium sumptuously

b b o f u edlimb o u r A o f executed y the ab ess Q g, gnes Misnia ; there is as well a book o f the E pistle s and

er a nni c irc u lu m b C Gospels p executed y onrad , a monk o f S c heyrn an E vangelary fo r the great feasts in which this calligrapher had in richness a nd , F elegance , surpassed all his other works . rom the

f D G u é ra n e r o ourteenth century , . g nly quotes the rich E vangelary written by John o f O ppau a m o nk ,

o f d o f Bruner , and preserve in the Imperial Library

V o f ienna , because in this case the name the calli

o t o sa grapher has come d wn us . That is to y that in this enumeration many d o cuments are passed o ver in silence either because they are less noteworthy in exe i c u t o n or because the copyists have remained unknown .

e f t o (B) M . L opold Delisl e has no t d e vote d himsel

1 00 The L ec t iona ry

Page 2 7 2 Sacramentary or Missal o f the Abbey o f A D 8 Bobbio , kept in the mbrosian Library , 4 . The execution o f it may be placed at the eleventh centu ry the capital letters recall the Carlovingian style o f ornamentation . Page 2 96 : Sacramentary or Missal o f t he Church o f Troyes Latin manuscript 8 1 8 o f the Bibliotheque

ff o f Nationale . It a ords an excellent example the transfo rmation o f the Carlovingian Sacramentary ;

: I nc i it liber S a c ra rnent oru m a S it is entitled p .

Gre o rio a a R oma no edit u s u a lit er missa R oma na g p p , q celebra t u r , but it contains all that constituted the

o o f missals pr perly so called , like those which we have innume rable examples from the twelfth century ; with the prayers and the preface we ﬁnd the epistle

o and gospel , the intr it , etc . The date may be

o f assigned to the middle the eleventh century .

C Ehre nsbe r e r Libri lit u r ici ( ) In the work by g , g B ibliot hecm Va t ica nmwe gather the fo llowing indica tio ns co ncerning the E va nge la rie s

R ae saec V . 1 . . 1 . aticani , egin , No 5 ; MSS Xi

n ela riu m d E va g . The liturgical year is distribute as follows ﬁrst the proper o f the time from Christmas E ve to Sexagesima Sunday ; then the proper o f saints up t o the A nnunciati o n after that the pro per o f the time ( u squ e a d P a scha a nnot ina u squ e

min ost P ent e os a nt e a do c t u m VI . n X X V . t a le a d . p

D omini o f f ) ; lastly, the proper saints up to the east

o A o f St . Th mas the postle . Genera l Gla nc e a t t he Doc u ment s 1 0 1

mc x i . i s . L t t eris 2 V . 1 00 . : . aticani , No 5 ; MSS B enevent a nis L ec t iones eva ngelia ru rn do minica ru m a dvent tis es t oru m de t em o re et sa nct o ru m er a nnu m , f p p

is nct o ru m Commu n sa .

. i. . 88 2 sa c . x : 3. It . No 9 MSS Pretty nearly

At o ne in the same order as the preceding . the end ﬁnds : R eeapit u la t io E va ngelio ru m in na t a le singu

m sa nct o ru m lo ru .

A 1 saec X II . : e he s . B o r . 4 . g , MSS Gives the gosp l lessons fo r the pro per o f the time all the Sundays o f the year up to the twenty- fift h after Pentecost ; from the fifth to the first before Christmas fo r all , the Quadragesimal ferias ; fo r the pro per o f saints ;

fo r o f f lastly , the common saints with numbers re erring to the proper .

6 1 ne b o n 2 s . x 1 . lit t ris B e O t t o . . e 5 . , No 9 MSS s ec ; vent a nis : Begins with the ﬁrst Sunday o f A dvent ;

f o o f a ter that , mixes the pr per saints with proper o f the seaso n divides the year into two o r three ,

o peri ds .

6 o n . . sae c x 11 A . O t t o b 8 . . : o , No 5 7 MSS m re recent hand has written the days after the E piphany . This manuscript contains the p ro p en o f the season fo r

o f A the whole year, the Sundays dvent being placed

fo . o f at the end In lio 93, a later hand , probably the ﬁfteenth centur has written in the margin N icola u s y,

i c icu s Tu llensis die ces v i de B lenod o ler . en t a d do mu rn

Tho me die veneris os t P ent e os t em domini c . , p Then c o mes the proper o f saints up to the feast o f the 1 0 2 The L ec t io na ry

A t . o f a postle St Thomas ; lastly, the common s in s

f o with numbers re erring to the pr per.

V . 8 1 E va n . sse . 7 aticani , No 7 5 , MSS . c xiii rzu rrt mona s t ieu m Commences with fourth Sun da y after the Epiphany (thirteen pages missing) the pro per o f the season goes up to the twenty - ﬁft h Sun da y after the octave o f Pentecost (eva ngelica et f es t o ru m ora t iones fo r o f ) ; the same the proper Saints , which extends up to St . Martin . Numerous additions have — f been made at a later date among others , the easts o f f o f . D St ionysius and his companions , the east

. o f St Hugh in the month November . (D) Indications drawn from di ff erent sources

D e R o R oma S ot t era nea 1 2 o f ssi , in , p . 7 , speaks an E vangelary o f Aix - la - Chapelle which was found in

’ Charlem a gne s tomb (it was written about the seventh o r early part o f the eighth century) . Of E o f the ninth century , the admirable vangelary

Ada o f Treves .

Of E o f E rka nb o ld the tenth century , the vangelary ,

o f o n Do m D art e in bishop Strasbourg , which de d published an interesting stu y .

E AZt helw o ld o f In ngland , St . , bishop Winchester,

o f A in the tenth century , gave the monks bingdon a

o f copy the Gospels , enriched with gold and precious

d o f A n stones and enclose in a casing silver . invent o r o f C o f y this same hurch Winchester , executed by

’

d o f VI I I . S or er Henry commissioners , contains the following entry : A boo k o f the four E vangelists

1 04 The L ect io na ry

o E o f N . 5 . vangelary the ninth century, under this

E a ia u a t re a i ibu t i d c title v ngel q u or cu mp f t on s e n i e.

f : E va n elia et 6 . . o No . MSS the tenth century g

E ist lm er nnu m p o p a .

o f f o r o 1 . . N . 30 MSS the twel th thirteenth century

E va n elia er a nnu m g p . Here we must close this already lengthy list

o f necessarily incomplete, it gives an idea the vast ﬁeld still unexplored in which the students o f the future ma y exe rcise their activity in a work o f com

o parison on the Gospel peric pes .

— II . D ISTRIBUTION OF THE LESSONS

I THE E CTI O NA I ES . L R

R o ma n R it e

o f o 2 1 a nd The collection T mmasi (tom . v . pp . 3 resulting from the comparison made b y him o f the d o ocuments which he had at hand , includes m re than 540 lecti o ns they may be divided as follows

1 - 2 (a ) No . 33 Le cti o ns fo rthe S u nda ys a nd feria s o f t he a ye r . — b o 2 2 : o n fo r t he o mmo n o f a n s . ( ) N . 34 99 Lecti s C S i t

- c No . 00 0 : e o ns fo r f a s o f a ( ) 3 4 9 L cti the e st the ye r .

- L f r d No . 1 0 : o ns o a n ms a n a s ( ) 4 9 5 4 ecti cert i circu t ces, fo r a d d a o n o na o ns m s d da a s s . e ic ti , r i ti , ily e , etc Nearl all the lections are given in their e ntiret y y , because some omit a certain number o f verses o f the

o f ff o f Bible, others are composed di erent passages

Scripture . Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 0 5

1 The Lit u rgica l Yea r S u nday s a nd F eria s

E ve . Fo r It begins with Christmas this vigil , as fo r o f f the three masses the ollowing day , the second

is o f o u r R lection that oman Missal , but there is a ﬁrst taken from the prophet Isaias : passages from ch .

i o f . o f lx i , where the pr phet oretells the coming glory

o f E . . Jerusalem ch . ix . , prophecy mmanuel ch lxi ,

a s o . . re the Messias shown a cons ler ; ch lii , as the

o f deemer His people .

Fo r f o f the easts St . Stephen St . John , Holy ,

. C Innocents , St Sylvester, the ircumcision , the lection is the same as in our Missal . Let us at once n o tice this peculiarity o f two masses

fo r . o fo r St J hn , the ﬁrst having its lection the begin

o f E E C ning the pistle to the phesians . The ircum c isio n and the vigil o f the E piphany have also two

epistles . The E piphany has the same lecti o n o f Isaias as has

R odex Va t ica nu s the oman Missal . The C contains a

o f o r fo r special passage St . Paul Isaias each day

o f E o f during the octave the piphany . The octave the E piphany has also a lection where the Church

h a s ff o f combined di erent passages Isaias , notably

f . rom ch xii . , where the ransomed souls sing their

F r E . o f deliverance the Sundays a ter the piphany , the

1 We Sha ll co ntent o u rs elves with giving he re t he ﬁrst ca tego ry o f e io ns men o ned b To mmas : it is mo eo ve t he mo s l ct ti y i , r r, t

a a e is i . Fo r t he no e s o n t h e a e nda w e mu s see ha ch r ct r t c t c l r, t w t “ is sa id in t he next s ectio n o f this a rticle ( The E va nge la ries 1 0 6 The L ect iona ry

R f lection is as in the oman Missal , taken rom the

1 2 t h 1 o f R o and 3th chapters mans (ﬁrst, second ,

f f t he rd third , and ourth Sundays) , rom 3 chapter o f C f o f olossians (ﬁ th Sunday) , and this same passage the E pistle to the Colossians is repeated fo r the sixth

. D o f o Sunday uring the weeks this season , the lecti ns o f F f the Wednesday and riday are taken , the one rom E the second pistle o f St . Peter (invitation to read the

o f E o f . inspired W rd) , the others rom the pistles St

R C o Paul omans , olossians Thessal nians , Timothy , ( ,

1 C o ne f o Hebrews , orinthians) ; only r m the ﬁrst

E o f pistle St . John (recommendation to practise f raternal charity) .

e Septuag sima , Sexagesima and Quinquagesima ,

o u r a o f C present ctual lections St . Paul to the orin t hia ns x o 1 o r. . (exhortation t penance C ix . and ; ,

ff o f f A 2 o r . C . . su erings the postle , Xi and xii beauti ul

f 1 r lo o o . . eu gy charity , C xiii ) in the week , a lection fo r f E t o the Wednesday rom the pistle the Hebrews ,

fo r F 1 E two the riday ( St . John and pistle to the E phesians ; E pistles to the Hebrews and Thessa lonians) .

LE N T

A sh Lent commences with Wednesday , and its

f o o . lection is rom the pr phet J el (ch . ii , invitation t o penance) : there will be henceforth a lection fo r each feria during this holy season . It is Isaias who commences during the three days preceding the ﬁrst

1 0 8 The L ec t iona ry

i f men n na . Dan . o n e 5 . iel iii The three y u g the ur c e o n sa o mma s is fo u nd in o e This l cti , ys T i, the th r ua m a a nd fo o d b t he an Q tuor Te por , it is ll we y c ticle

o f t he three yo ung men. du e o a s o u r n b s a nd 6 I ss . Our w d . The . v ti s t r eigh our

f r u r sanc t ﬁca t io n n a : 1 ss . u e o o . z u d Su d y The iv. R l s i f n : n a e nd o nf ss o n o s s . M o nda y Da iel ix. Pr y r a c e i i Th o E s a t o o f Tuesda y : 3 Kings xvii. e pr phet lia the h use w do o f a a the i w S rept .

dn sda Es e a o f Ma rdo c hu s . We e y : th r xiii . Pr yer sda : e m a s o n d n in t he o nd mned Th u r y J re i xvii . C ﬁ e ce c e

ma n.

n o his b r n. Frida y : Ge esis XXXVI I . J seph so ld by reth e E u in Sa turda y : Genesis XXVII . Ja co b suppla nts sa the b e ss n l i g.

rd nda : E . a s a sa n o u 3 Su y phes v. Wh t Chri ti n ctity ght

t o b e . — N B o o ro S cru t inio . . T mmasi here menti ns , p , that

ir e the Codex B t iro n ns is gives no more . He deals with the test t o which the catechumens were sub

e c t e d fo r Fo r j admission to baptism . this circum stance there were three lections

Eze c h . The o s e o f new n d m nd . xxxvi pr p rity the ki g o u er t he s m f h y bo l o t e pu riﬁca tio n.

sa a s n a o n t o a s n e o n e s o n. I i i . I vit ti i c re c v r i

a h n o f . Genesis xlviii . J co b a do pts t e t wo so s Jo seph

o nda : a a s . M y 4 Kings v. N ma n is cu red o f hi lepro sy ’ Tu sda : n s il E s mu s o . e y 4 Ki g iv. li eus ltiplie the wido w s

o r else t he wisdo m tha t G o d co mmu nica te s t o His rea so na ble ea u s a nd mo s im e e e e c ia t h u o s ins i e d b H . cr t r , r p lly o t e a th r p r y ) Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 09

f t h mu a o n o e La . n a : E o . ro w Wed esd y x d xx. P lg ti u da e em a s VII a n u o f o in Th rs y : J r i . V i tr st the pe ple the m e a nd sa s te pl the criﬁce . a m wa s o f f o n n Frid y : Nu bers xx. The ter stri e the e try t o m n the pro ised la d. f u a . s o u sann Sa t rd y : Daniel xiii Hi t ry o S a h .

t h un a a a . t wo so ns f m m d : . o Ab a s b 4 S y G l t iv The rah , y ol o f t w s a m n s the o te t e t .

o n a . u m n f M d y : 3 Kings iii J dge e t o S o lo mo n.

u s E . A f s e e da : o d . o s a s o a o d n a f T y x xxxii p t y I r el, the g l c l G o d a o n p rd s .

dn s I Eze h . Go d w sa His e da : st c . o We y , xxxvi ill ve pe ple

fo r o no u o f na m . z u d a as . n a the h r His e , Is i i I vit n tio n t o a sincere co nversio . ’ da : n s E s u s a se s Shu na mit e s Thurs y 4 Ki g iv. li e r i the

so n t o life. da : n s II E a s a s s t o f do o f Fri y 3 Ki g XV . li r i e li e the wi w ’ Sa repta s so n. ’ a u da : sa a The o o f o d s a n e S t r y I i s xlix . w rk G serv t ; xpia r si tio n fo n.

a s o n u nda : H b . s m d a o o f P si S y e . ix The Chri t e i t r the

New Testa ment . da na o a do n t h n o n o . G d s e n n M y : J s iii p r pe ite t Ni evites . ’ Tu esda Da n e Da n e in t he o ns den y i l xiv. i l li .

n L D ff en f . d sda : e . e a s o mo a We e y vit . xix i r t l w r lity

u sda Da n a e o f Aza r a s . Th r y : iel iii . Pr y r i Th i Frida y : Jeremia s XVI I . e pro phet pu ts h s trust in

Go d. 1 o t u r elee o Sa turda y : qu a nd da mosyna . F u r lesso ns

1 S ee next sectio n o n E va ngela rie s fo r t he e xpla na tio n o f thi s T dex i rt ironensis s no m n i fo mula . h e o do e t e o n it a nd r C B t , n i e s o ne e io n in i it is i e t he Ro ma n issa o ly g v l ct , wh ch l k M l . The seco nd lectio n is a prepa ra tio n fo r Pa lm Su nda y t he o the rs e a e fo r t he eve n s o f Ho e e pr p r us t ly W k . I 1 0 The L ec t iona ry

m a o ns a a ns t he o . I e . a . J re i s xviii C pir cy g i t pr phet m fu n is 2 . a a The u b a nd a e : h Z ch r . ix. h le pe c l ki g a fu n pe ce l reig . m m a a ns he . sdo o f o u s t 3 Wi ii . La ngu age the i pi g i t u s One J t . f . 2 h s . . t a 4 The s ii One mu st ho ld fa st t o e ith .

a m u nda P l S y . F r h mu s a ns o t e s n : E . d a o d a n . Ble si g x XV. xvi Mur r g i t o s in M se the desert . Fo r a ss : u m a o n o f su s a u s the M Philip . ii . H ili ti s Je , c e o f His o gl ry.

T o mmasi thinks there was not a lection fo r the Blessing o f the Palms t ill the twelfth century ; a nd that even later this did no t take place at the station o f ff b M a b illo n the Ponti , as the rituals edited y

Show it .

M o nda y in Ho ly Week : I sa ia s L The serva nt o f Go d is fa ithfu l in t he a cco mplishment o f his mi ssion o f su ff n eri gs . m ma nu s a fo r s da a no e So e cripts h ve, thi y, th r o n f o m The a n u e d b lecti r Za cha ria s xi . p sto r i j r y e d S e so b o n. his h p, l , r ke

Tuesda y in H o ly Week : Two le sso ns e m a s xi The s b his f o Jer i . pro phet per ecu ted y ell w ze ns citi .

sdo m . See fu b a Sat ur a in a ss o n Wi ii rther ck , d y P i Week

Wedne sda y in Ho ly Week : Two lesso ns i T l . a sa n I sa ia s h t lva tio will co me t o Jeru sa lem.

u ffe n s a nd d a o f ess a s fo o d. liii . S ri g e th the M i ret l 2 i u r . Th a s n o sda : Co . e s u e a H ly Th r y xi L t S pp r, the

Ro ma n Mi ssa l .

1 1 2 The L ect iona ry

e f sacred history , the more remarkable passag s rom A the Prophets . St . ugustine makes allusion to this catechetical procedure in his treatise de ca t echiz a ndis

ra d bu s . i . , ch . vii and viii

E A S TE R AND P A S CAL TI M E

Ea e Da : 1 o r a r ne a s mb o zed b st r y C . v. Spiritu l e w l y li y

the new leaven.

. f o nda : A a n o . M y cts x Pre chi g St . Peter in s na o a t An o s A s a u . Tue da y : ct xiii . St . P l the y g gue ti ch A e r sa m a f dnesda : s . d o We y ct iii St . Peter at J u le ; the y

Penteco st . da : A s III a m o f t he unu b Thurs y ct V . B ptis e ch y Philip. f n f h a : 1 . To s f a a t e a m . e Frid y St . Pet iii u er p tie tly ter ex pl o f su s Je s Chri t .

a : 1 . . s a n an b u n Sa t u rd y St Pet . ii Chri ti s ctity y io n with

Jesu s Christ . ’ in su s Lo w nda : 1 . o n . a ru e Su y St J h v F ith Je Christ, the t

So n o f Go d.

n n I n P a scha A nnot i a (see fo o tno te o p . Two e o n o f o ne is f o m A o a s l cti s , which r the p c lyp e s h m s f r E a a nd the o ther i t e sa e epi tle as o ster .

z u n a f Ea s : 1 Pe t The s ffe n u d S day ter ter St . . ii . u ri g

o u r mo d . Christ, el

1 P . 1 r u nda a f Ea s e : et 1 . n o sa nc t iﬁc a 3 d S y ter t r St . I teri r o n a nd u b m s o n t o au o ti s is i th rity.

t h u nda a f E a s : . a s. . God Au o o f 4 S y ter ter St J i , the th r

a ll o o d i s o ur sa nc t iﬁc a t io n. g , w she

h u n a e E a : s . . o b n st S d y a ft r ster St . Ja i Strict liga tio o f

the Precept s.

Following each Sunday there is a lecti o n fo r t he Wednesday and Friday o f each week also one , Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 1 3 fo r : o n Saturday they contain teachings conduct, t he f f f E o o f f . re orm li e, drawn rom the pistles St Paul .

Fo r R o D o f the gation ays , besides the lection the R oman Missal , in which St . James exhorts us to

f o f E prayer a ter the example lias , Tommasi gives a spe cial lection fo r each

I st : I . mo n du m I la . m es V I nc . o e St Pet v C ti ; hu ility, g , u s in o d tr t G .

2 nd : 1 . Pet n o n in a e a nd t he a o f St . v. U i pr y r pr ctice

charity.

rd : er. i E o a o n t o n o f u da t o 3 J xx i . xh rt ti the ki g J a is o d pr ct e g o .

F fo r o f A urther , the vigil the scension, three other lections

A s o f A n o n o f s fa fu . ct the po stle s iv. U i the ﬁr t ith l E i u es a n t s u n n . ph i s iv. Mo tives o pre erve ity the Ch rch A s o f A m a b f o f t he ea ct the Apo stles ii . d ir le li e rly

Christians . Ascensio n Day : The beginning o f the a cc o u nt o f t he Acts o f the Apo stles ; la st mo ment s o f Jesu s Christ

o n a a nd His a n u o n t o A o s s. e rth , l st i str cti s the p tle

A o f b propos the two following days , a note y Tommasi acquaints us with a double practice at Rome : that o f the Lateran and that o f the R o man

o f a nd Curia . This carries us back t the twel th d thirteenth centuries , when as regards the ivine , f o ﬁce , a division sprang up between the basilicas a nd the clergy o f the R oman Court (see work by

o n The R oma n B revia r o same author y, translati n 8 1 1 4 The L ec t iona ry published by In the margin o f certain

e o ne d : Va ca t u ia non Lectionari s rea s , q secu ndu m Cu ria m

P et . . Su nda y within the o ctave o f Ascensio n : 1 St . iv

Stirring u p t he pra ctice o f virtu es . Lectio ns fo r the Wednesda y a nd Frida y : Epistles t o the

b s E s a ns a nd 1 o n a ns . He rew , phe i , C ri thi o f e n e s n a n f o m o a u da Vigil P t co st : Six les o s t ke r H ly S t r y, b u t t he different ma nu scripts do no t qu ite a gre e a s t o nd e the cho ice a o rd r .

Co dex L a t era nens is re The , which most nearly

b R o sem les our man Missal , gives among the lections o f Holy Saturday

I o f Ab m. st : The third. Sa criﬁce ra ha

2 nd Th f u a sa o f t he R e d Sea . : e o rth . P s ge

na n o f u a sa n ed. 3rd : The eighth . Rem t J d ctiﬁ

t h : The e n o s u a su e ds o se . 4 leve th . J h cc e M s do m t h s To se t he u w s . 5 The ixth . ek tr e i

ot h : The s en h s o n o f dr b o n s. ev t . Vi i the y e

Another manuscript takes its third from ano ther

o f : Ha b a c . o f passage Holy Scripture . iii , prayer

f fo t o o . Habacuc appeal the mercy God The urth ,

f a nd ﬁ th Sixth are the eighth , Sixth , and eleventh , o f Holy Saturday the E pistle o f the Mass : A o f . A cts the postles xix , St . Paul comes to

E phesus . Pentecost : Account o f the mystery acco rding to

A o f A o . the cts the p stles ch ii . , This same book furnishes the lections fo r each day

o f the week .

1 1 6 The L ect iona ry twenty - ﬁve Sundays he indicates as lections some

E o f f . R passages rom the pistles St Paul ( omans , C E s C orinthians , Galatians phesian , olossians , a , ) f A f passage rom the pocalypse , another rom the ﬁrst

E o f e f pistle St . Peter ; nev rtheless , our Sundays remain witho ut any indication o f a lection doubtless , did because he not ﬁnd it in the manuscripts . Af (B) terwards , he resumes the series , according to the manuscripts o f the Basilica o f the Lateran and o f

V : St . Peter at the atican the Sundays are ranged

o f - ﬁve o u r there to the number twenty , according to

o f way proceeding , and have the lections which are t o b e found in o u r Missals

I 1 o n . 1 . a a . . . St . J h iv 4 G l t v

2 . 1 . iii 5 . v. 1 6 E s 1 e . . 3. St . P ter v. phe . iii

m n . 1 o a s . 4 . R viii 7 iv. 1 8 I . . 1 Co r . 5 . St . Peter iii . i E s 6 o ma n 1 . . R s vi . 9 . phe iv.

2 0 . 7 . vi . . v

8 2 1 . . viii . vi .

1 o r 2 2 . . 9 . C . x. . Philip i

1 0 . X II 2 . . 3. iii

1 1 2 . o o s . . . xv. 4 C l s i 1 2 2 r m a f Co . 2 . . . iii . 5 Jere i s xxiii , the ﬁ th

1 . f m a a . u nda b e o s a s 3 G l t . iii S y re Chri t .

N B — . . The ﬁgures placed at the right indicate the f chapter rom which the lection is taken , without ,

o however , including the wh le chapter ; thence a like

ﬁgure fo r two diff erent Sundays . Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 1 7

To this seco nd list are added some lections fo r the Wednesday a nd Friday o f each week : they

fo r f o E also are taken , the most part , r m the pistles

f o r E o ne o . C St Paul the atholic pistles , and scarcely ﬁnds even one or t w o taken from the A cts o f the

Apostles o r the prophet Malachias . It signali zes in particular those o f the Quatuor Tempora o f the

o b seventh m nth (Septem er) , placed between the seven

n a nd t ee t h eighteenth Sundays .

Am 1 f dn da : I st o s . a nd o s We es y , ix ( 3 Relie pr perity f o reto ld. 2 d 2 Esd a s o mn n . a d n , r viii S le re i g o f the

La w .

s a o m s o f sa a o n Frida y : O e xiv. Pr i e lv ti .

a no t he u b : in x ii lect iones e Sa tu rd y ( tice r ric . t legu nt u r sex lect iones)

. Sa n iﬁ a i n f 1 . Lev xxiii . c t c t o o fea st s fo r t he seventh mo n th . 2 ° 3, 3) H H ’ I I d s a ns h a s V . o t o t e 3. Miche G wer pra yer o f t he

peo pl e . ’ a a . . o nd o ns fo r t he e 4 . Z ch r viii C iti rec ptio n o f Go d s b ss n s le i g . As in t he u a u m . o 5 Da niel iii . Q t r Te po ra o f t he ﬁrst n mo th .

6 . e b e s . D s o n o f t he n n a b na H r w ix e cripti a cie t t er cle .

(C) The manuscript o f the Oratory o f the Vallicella has nearly the same lections as tho se given above (B) fo r the Sundays it gives some lections fo r the

Wednesdays only , and divides the Sundays as in A , but with some variations : o ne Sunday vacant ; f ou r 1 I 8 The L ec t iona ry

f s ix f a nd s ix a ter Pentecost ; a ter SS . Peter Paul ;

f o a ter St . Laurence then c me the Quatuor Tempora

’ o f nine a f r t h f o f the seventh month ; t e e east St . f Michael , which , including the vacant Sunday a ter

o o f the Quatuor Tempora , make up a t tal twenty seven Sundays . A D VE N T

The lections fo r the Wednesdays and Fridays are

f f o chieﬂy taken rom Isaias in the ﬁrst place , r m

o f Malachias o r the E pistles St . Paul in the second E place . The Sundays have the same pistles as in R our oman Missal , and number as ﬁrst second , third , , f f and ourth , or, in the inverse numbering , ourth , third ,

fo Fo r C . second , and ﬁrst be re hristmas the Quatuor

e Tempora , all the supplementary l ctions are taken f f o f rom the prophet Isaias , except the ﬁ th the

f D o Saturday , which is rom aniel as in the Quatu r ,

Tempora o f the ﬁrst month .

A mbrosia n R it e

B — In N . . the comparisons which he establishes b A R etween the mbrosian and the oman rites , M . Paul Lejay proves undeniably that the A mbrosian

Missal has undergone some changes , between the eleventh century a nd the time o f the discovery o f

fo r printing , and that these changes had their end t o bring about a greater resemblance to the Roman Missal (there had fo rmerly been more co nsiderable

A s s o f changes) . regards the Prophetic le son the

1 2 0 The L ec t io na ry — N ot e Ordinarily the lections o f the New Testa ment are adapted to those o f the Old Testament ;

’ hence the reason why they differ here from the R oman

Missal . HRI S TM A S B . C

At the third M a ss : Isa ia s ix . I sra el delivered by the — b s . Messias . He rew i f m n A s . . a nd . s o a . St . Stephe ct vi , vii , viii Hi tory the rtyr

. a nd . 2 Tim. iii iv

. o n . R o m. . St . Jo hn : 1 St J h i viii — r f l R o m. r m C o a . o nno n s : e e . H l I ce t J . xxxi y R che viii y — f n 2 im . T o ma s : sa a s . a o o n d d T . St . h I i lii Sl very Si e e ii d n a s S u nda y within the o cta ve : I sa ias viii . Co nﬁ e ce ; ch — t is ment o f o e who a no t fa h R o m i . e th s h ve it . v ii V — r m. a u . ni f . Circu mcisio n : (Je e ) B r chvi a t yo ido ls Philip. iii

— a a 1x o o f New sa m s l l . I s i s . Gl ry the Jeru le Titu I t d f t he o a f s o a o m . a y ct ve O se xi . Love Go d i sunderstoo d

H . x eb i.

da s sa a As f r — o . o f t The ther y I i s lx the ea s Titus II .

I st Su nday : I sa ia s lxi . Serva nt o f Go d the messen er o f — g sa a n E s . lv tio phe . iv

Nu m. a f xx. W ters o co ntra dictio n in the — d . s R m. e ert o viii .

Ezec h . xxxvii . I sra el inco rpo ra te d into o ne n d m u nd ki g o er the sceptre o f t he new David. — Ga l . v. erem J . xxxiii . Pro mises o f sa lva tion c o n ﬁrm d — e . o C loss. i . m A — Nu . s f 2 . o r md u n R m da o . xx S y . xiii

Ezec h . The a b xxxiii . pro ph e t e st li shed a s ua d a nin t he m s f — lo ii d o t h o o ss . C . g r i i t e pe ple. Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 2 1 — N . B . This Mass is always celebrated the Sunday

preceding Septuagesima .

M N LE N T D . S E P TUA GE S I A A D

Septua gesima Sunda y : M a l. iii . Go d will exe rci se His — 1 o r. a s in t h o m n u d em nt C . e a . j g e ix , R

o . n a n t n Sexa gesima Su nda y : J el ii I vit tio o pe a nce .

I o r. C ix .

u n ua s ma nda : a . VII . a s s t o b e Q i q ge i Su y Z ch F t O s rve .

2 o r. C vi . Lent 1 f : a . a I st Sunda y Is ia s lviii Wh t a st displea ses God.

- 2 o r C . vi .

. a L w m z u u a E o o a o u a d. d S nd y : x d. xx M s ic pr lg te — Ephes. i . x n a o f m 3rd Sunda y : Exo d. xx iv. Re ew l the co pa ct . — 1 s . Thes . ii d wa f h m o en o t e o a . 4t h S u nda y : Ex . xxxiv. R e l c p ct

- 1 Thess. iv.

t h unda : E o d. . a ssa o f R 5 S y x xiv P ge the ed Sea .

h s . v Ep e . a f h Pa lm Su nda y : I sa ia s liii . S criﬁce o t e M essias a n n —2 ss I I n o u ced The . .

O n - e the week days in L nt , there is only the

o f Old o r E lesson the Testament , Prophets xodus , o r o f t he f o f E o r E the book Kings (li e lias liseus) ,

o n o Deuteron my . O the Saturday night f Palm

in t ra dit ione s mboli Sunday , y , we ﬁnd two lections .

E ze c h . o f xxxvi . , prosperity the new kingdom , and E phes . vi . but nothing in particular dis

1 Fo r t he de no mina tio ns given fo r these S unda ys se e next

s e o n o f s a e . 1 8 . cti thi rticl , p 4 1 2 2 The L ect iona ry t in u ishe s o o f o g the ther days the Quatu r Tempora . The three ﬁrst days o f Holy Week resemble the o ther

o f o l o days Lent ; H ly Thursday is ike urs , except that the Passion according to St . Matthew is read .

F t w o A a nd R o m Good riday has lections , cts ii . . i .

A S T A E . E E R ND P A S CA L TI M E

E a ster Sunday ’ I I st e n . ( ) l ctio : Acts iii . St Pete r s ﬁrst

m a . 2 nd e o n m s : R o . ir cle l cti . v Ju ti ﬁ a t io n b c y Je su s Chri st . f A (2 ) Acts o the po stles i . Ascensio n ; las t — a a n o f s s . . ppea r ce Je us Chri t I Co r xv. f Appa ritio n o Jesu s.

: I A s . b a zes u n M o nda y ( ) ct viii Philip pti the e uch .

l . A in ll o n . Ga . iii e Jesu s Chri st

2 A s . o nd n f ( ) ct iii Sec preachi g o St Pe ter.

v. . I Cor. New lea ven m ’ — m. n s . a a a n s e o R Vi Tu esday : ( 1 ) 4 Ki g V N l pr sy o .

a m s n. B ptis , re urrectio f 2 A s . a n o . a nd s s. ( ) ct iii Pre chi g St Peter, re ult — a a o n b fa in s R o m. x. S lv ti y ith Chri t

Jesu s. h n m. Wednesday : ( I ) 4 Kings vi . Eliseu s ma kes t e iro swi

- i he 1 o r. . b s n t d s C x He rew e ert . 2 A o s s a e d b u t a f a ds ( ) Acts v. p tle rr ste terw r — 1 r i . s o n o f delivered Co . v ii Que ti

fo o ds .

s o f s a n . Th ursda y : ( I ) Acts ii . Re ults the ﬁr t pre chi g n b a a n in t he . n o o 1 Co r. x U i y p rticip ti E a s uch ri t . s o n an a n o f t he ( 2 ) I sa ia s vi . Vi i d c lli g — da . o ss. u rsu m cor pro phet Co l S .

1 2 4

— I III . st Sunda y ( I ) I n ho no ur o f the Ho ly Trinit y : Gen. XV

Angels a ppea r t o Abra ha m. — f 1 r. 2 a n o . . o ( ) Act s xiv. Pre chi g St Peter C

xii . i Blessed Sa cra ment : 3 Kings xix . Elia s n t he de sert .

u . 1 Co r. xi . La st S ppe r

2 d nda a . l n s Ga . Su y I ias lxvi v.

rd r m x R m . e e . o . 3 J . vii xiv

h . . t Ez h o o ss . 4 ec . xviii C l iii t h R m sa a s . o . 5 I i lvi . vii 6t R . II . h . o m X Ezec h xiv.

t h m. o m. R o 7 J re xxxi . xii . 8 t h al Vi sa a s . G . I i xxx .

t . h R . er m . m 9 J e XV o vi .

1 0 h z . . t E c h . o o s e . xxxiv C l s iii

. i 1 1 Da n 1 o r. V . th iii . ; C

R . 1 . 1 2 t h I sa ia s xlviii . o m X 1

m . 1 erem R o . 3th J . iii . v

1 Ezec h . H eb . . 4th . xxv xiii

Da H . . 1 n. eb 5 th ix . xiii

P ost decolla t ionem

I u n a a . E s. st S da y Is i s lxv phe v.

i 2 r. . z u r m. Vi o d Je e . C viii

rd E s. . 3 Isa ias xxxiii . phe vi

4t h Jere m. xxxi . Philip . i . h t sa a s . o ss . s I i lxiii Col iii . — M E This Sunday was perhaps suppressed in certain years .

I t n m. s u da : a . R o S y B ruch iv vi.

2 nd . ii . ix

rd . 2 Tim I I . 3 iii . Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 2 5

P ost dedica t ionem

I st u n a : Ezec h . 1 Co r. X I I . S d y . xxxiii ;

2 s . R o m nd I sa ia lxvi . xiii .

3rd xxxi . iv.

A s one sees , the lections during this time limit

t o f themselves the our great prophets , who come in

d o E o f o a n t . alm st regular turn , the pistles St Paul , f with a predominance o the E pistle to the R omans .

2 E VANG LAR I E . THE E S

ist ribu t io n o t he Gos el P erico es in t he hu rch I . D f p p C 1 of R ome a ccording t o To mma s i

The resu me o f the document furnished by this author compels us to make some repe titions never t he le ss do no t t o , we hesitate give it here, in the hope

b e o that a clearer View will gained . We shall , more ver, eliminate the variants pointed o u t as more o r less

t o certain and , contrary what Tommasi has done , we shall give separately the proper o f the season and the

o f o . pr per saints We shall , in ﬁne abandon the ,

o f E numbering according to the canons usebius , and adopt the division by chapters and verses existing in

o f our actual editions the New Testament. — 1 The P ro er o t he S ea so n. b i . p f The collection eg ns with Christmas ; the Sundays o f Advent are put at

d o f f : the e n . The stations the east are the night at

1 1 nd fo in T m v f his o . o o e . o s a . w rk , p 43 ll w g 1 2 6 The L ect iona ry

A St . Mary Major , the morning at St . nastasia , the day ’ — ' 1 1 at St . Peter s , with the passages (St . Luke ii . 4 ,

— — - da 1 2 0 . 1 1 ii . 5 St John i 4) which we have to y and

f omes as they have been pointed out be ore in the C .

D o f C e uring the octave hristmas , there are group d

o f . together the feasts St . Stephen (St . Matt xxiii . 34

1 t he St . John (St . John xxi . 9 Holy Innocents — . 1 1 u . (St Matt . ii . 3 8 others mark p to St Sylvester

2 d ff f (St . Matt . xxiv . 4 the gospel i ering rom that

b u t f in use nowadays , which is nevertheless ound in f ff the common o f a con essor ponti . The Sunday within the octave o f Christmas recalls certain incidents in the infancy o f Jesus a nd the prophecy o f the aged

o f Simeon (St. Luke ii . 33 the octave the ’ Nativity (New Year s D a y) is marked by all which — f o f . 2 2 goes be ore in the account St . Luke ii 34 , the circumcision and the presentation . The e ve o f the E piphany tells o f the return from

- E . . 1 2 On gypt , according to St Matt . ii 9 3. the f E o f o f . piphany itsel , the coming the Magi (St . Matt 2 A d ii . with the station at St . Peter. goo number o f documents have a di fferent gospel fo r each

o f t he day octave, such as the passages which speak o f the work o f the Precursor o r t he witness that he

’ o f o r o f gives Jesus , the beginning the Saviour s

- 1 6 1 2 . ministry (St . Matt . iii . and vii . St . Mark i — — — 8 . . 1 0 . . 1 1 4 ; St Luke iii 7 ; St Matt iii . 3 7 ; St .

o n Mark i . 9 the same day we have the testi mony which the Precursor gives o f Jesus to his dl sc iple s

1 2 8 The L ec t iona ry

From Septuagesima to E aster : according to what

e o f f has b en said , this manner counting is ound in the less ancient collections — - u a ma a u n . . . 1 1 s a : a 6. Sept ge i Sta tio n t St . L re ce St M tt XX

Pa ra ble o f the la bo urers in the vineya rd. — - xa s m . . 1 a a u . Se ge i Sta tio n a t St . P l : St Luke viii 4 5 a b Pa r le o f the so wer . — - n u a m n u . 1 . Qu i q gesi a Sta tio a t St . Peter : St . L ke xviii 3 4 3 Predictio n o f t he P a ssio n a nd the cu re o f the o ne b o rn n f bli d ro m Jericho .

A station is indicated fo r each day o f Lent

A S H WE DNE S D A Y — — edn da St . a b n : . a . Vi 1 6 2 1 . a W es y S i a St M tt . Pr ctice o f f the a st . ’ — - sda St o : . a . . 1 . n u o n s Thur y . Ge rge St M tt viii 5 3 Ce t ri

serva nt hea le d. — — f Pa mma c hiu s : . a . . Frida y Church o St M tt . V 4 3 vi . 4

o o f ene mIes a . L ve , ch rity — “ — 6 . L u n e o n : . a . a u da St . a S t r y re ce, 3 r gi St M rk vi 4 7 5 n As o n the sixth Sunda y a fter the Epipha y.

LE N T — — : a . 1 1 1 em 1 st S u nday At the La tera n St . M tt iv. . T p

t at io n o f Jesu s . — — . n ns : . a . 6 . a s M o nda y St Peter i cha i St M tt . xxv 34 4 L t

u d m n s n n . j ge e t , e te ce — — . 1 0 1 u s nd na a a : a . . a Tuesda y St . A st si St . M tt xxi 7 B yer t o f t he m sellers ca st o u te ple . — 8—0 n . f t . a : . a . o Wedne sda y S M ry St M tt . xii 3 5 Sig n s Jo a . Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 2 9

u da 2 —8 2 h n n n. a . . 1 . a a ea Th rs y St . M tt xv The C ’ - 2 f s a . . . a e a u Or el e St . M tt x 34 4 Cha r ct r o the S vio r s m s o n is i .

— - da The o A o s : . o n 1 1 6 Fri y H ly p tles St J h V. . The a a a t p r lytic t he Pro b a tica . — a u da St . : a u da sson u a o S t r y Peter S t r y with twelve le s, Q tu r — m . o a : . a 1 T a ns a o n Te p r St M tt . xvii . 9 r ﬁgur ti . z u d u nda — n T e r S y Va ca nt (no sta tio ) . h go spel o f the p e d n T u sda a b o u hana ne a n is a ce i g h r y t the C re d.

nda — - o m n : n . 2 u s u St . o s M y Cle e t St . J h viii 4 39 . Je p b a s t h f r u i r id e Jews o their incred l ty. — — s . 1 1 d u da a . 2 su s e St b n . a a : . T e y . B l i St M tt xxiii Je n o u nc e s the hypo cri sy o f the Pha risees .

dn a — 1 - 2 8 a sd S a . a . . ss o n We e y t . Cecili St M tt . xx 7 P i fo reto ld t he favour a sked fo r t he so ns o f Zebedee by m their o the r . T — be : u sda t a llist u s a o ss . . hur y S . C cr the Ti r St L ke xvi

- 1 The ab o f t he ma n a nd a za u s. 9 31 . pa r le rich L r

— 2 - 6 f a A : a . . a a b o Frid y Ho ly po stles St . M tt . xxi 3 4 P r le t he w sb a n m n icked hu d e . — — a nd e u . 1 1 2 . a . u a S turd y SS Ma rcellin s Pet r : St . L ke xv 3

Pa rable o f the pro digal so n. — — rd S u nda n . u . 1 2 8 su St a u e : . s 3 y . L r ce St L ke xi 7 Je n f His n m c u res t he demo nia c a ccusa tio o e e ies . — — o n a u 2 0 . su d s s d b d St a . . M y . M rk : St L ke iv 3 3 Je s e pi e y His o wn Fo r t he a ss t he a m na o n pe o ple. M , where ex i ti o f a ms o f a u m ns t o be b a z d be ins the cl i the c tech e pti e g , — h b ss s t e d n. . a . 1 1 6 esu St M rk x 3 . J s le e chil re

— - i . a . . 1 2 2 u esda t . Pu n na a na T y S de t a St M tt xviii 5 . Fr ter l f n es co rrectio n a nd fo rgiveness o i juri . — — n s a . a . . 1 2 0 . u a n Wed e d y St Sixt u s St . M tt XV Tr e d f s a l e pu rity. — - T m a . u sda o sma s a nd Da n : . u e 8 h r y SS . C i St L k iv 3 4 3. ’ ’ u o f e s w f s mo e t c . C re Pet r i e ther, 1 30 The L ect iona ry

- La e n in L u na : — 2 da St . ci o n The Fri y ur ce St . J h iv. 5 4 . m n Sa ma rit a n wo a . — — S . s 1 h u a u da t u a nna : . o n . 1 1 T e a d S t r y S St J h viii . lter

o u s wo ma n. i a — in m n 1 —1 h u d o s s . n o s u a . o 4 S y H ly Cr Jer le : St J h vi 4 .

M u ltiplica tio n o f lo aves . — n a Th o u o o n d o n 11 . M o d y e f r H ly Cr w e M artyrs : St . J h

- 1 2 a n s a s o u t o f t h m . 3 5 . Merch t c t e te ple — — Tu s a I n t it u lo D a ma si : o n . 1 1 . esu s e d y St . J h vii 4 3 J a nswers t he Jews in the temple a s t o His do ctrine a nd o s w rk . — - 8 . f dn a . u . o n Ix 1 u o We esd y St Pa l : St J h . 3 C re the ma n o n b nd b r li . — — u d t . : u VII . 1 1 1 6 . So n o f Th rs ay S Sylvester St . L ke the do o f a n wi w N i . a — E s b u s : o n 1 — a s n o f Frid y St . u e i St . J h xi . 4 3. R i i g

Lazaru s . — n — T n a u en : . . 1 2 2 mo a u da St . o 0 s S t r y L r ce St J h viii . e ti y b su s o n n n mse f b o rne y Je c cer i g Hi l . — — . . n 6 fe n t h u nd t e e : o . su s d ds 5 S ay S P t r St J h viii 4 5 9 . J e e m lf a ns t he a u sa n d Hi se a g i t cc tio tha t He is po ssesse . — — o nda St . Chr so o nu s : . o n 2 su s M y y g St J h vii . 3 39 . Je n Hi a a swers s a tt ckers . — — i : t . sd . r a c S o n ii 1 1 St , v s m u e a C . . su s a t u a T y y J h 3. Je Jer le — — a a u . 2 8 nes St s : o n . 2 2 su s Wed d y . M rcell St J h x . Je

be fo re His a ccu sers . — A o na u — u sda St . s II 6 V . . su s Th r y p lli ri St . L ke 3 4 7 Je a nd nfu o ma n a t o u s o f t h a e the Si l w the h e e Ph ri s e . — - da St n : . o n . . A a m o f t h Fri y . Stephe St J h xi 4 7 5 4 l r e

Ph a ri sees a fter t he ra ising o f La za ru s.

a u da — D a t u r erment u m in Co nsist orio La t era nensi S t r y f .

Di fferent interpretations have been given o f this rubric ; Tommasi thinks that it was a morsel o f u n

1 32 The L ect iona ry

o nda in o : . e u s a nd Ac hilleu s : M y H ly Week SS N re St . — o n X II . 1 6 . e a t a n and J h 3 The supp r Beth y, the la st n den s a o m s d in t he m i ci t cc pli he Te ple . — - u sda in St . s a : . o n 1 1 T e y Holy Week Pri c St J h xiii . 3 . The a s n o f f t he a o o n e o ut a n w hi g the eet ; tr it r is p i t d , d

go es o ut .

Some codices have only the second part o f this

o f passage others , the account the Passion according to St . Mark . — — n St . a : u k I I dn sda i . We e y Holy Week M ry St L e XX . xxiii .

Histo ry o f the Pa ssio n. — Ho ly Th u rsda y Church o f the La tera n : Conﬁcit ur

- hrisma o n . 1 1 . a s n o f f . C St . J h xiii 5 W hi g the eet o o d da — I n S essorio u od est in B a silica II ieru sa lem G Fri y , q — f o n . . s o o a ss o n. St . J h xviii xix Hi t ry the P i — f t h a da u o e a n . a o a u : . H ly S t r y Ch rch L ter St M tt xxviii .

- m a t he 1 . o wo n t se u 7 The h ly e p lchre.

f f o f This same day , be ore the solemn o ﬁce this very ’ d holy night, probably about nine o clock , there use to be read the account o f the Passion a nd the Resur

o To o f recti n . all appearances , it was that St . Mark , o f which the m o st ancient capitularies do not speak o n Tuesday o f Holy Week . See in the sermons o f

io ne D om I 1 de P a ss . St . Leo . , Pope, 9 , , an allusion to

o f the practice his time . — — ns 8 1 . D a : a . . s a a Ea ster ay M ti St . M tt xxviii 5 Fir t ppe r

n o f s s so d s b b d. a o n a t a ce Je u ; the l ier ri e St ti St . — a . I . 1 Th a o ss : a X V . e o Ma ry M j r, M St M rk 7 h ly

wo men a t the sepu lchre. — — L e 1 . D o nda St e : . u . s e s Ea ster M y . P ter St k xxiv 3 35 i cipl

fro m E mma us. Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons I 33

— - f Tu esda St a u : Lu . 6 . A e a a n e o y . P l St . ke xxiv 3 37 pp r c

J esu s a t t he cena cle i nstru ctio n. — — A ea e dn sda St a u en e : . o n . 1 1 . W e y . L r c St J h xxi 4 pp r a a nce o n the Sea o f Tib eri s .

— - 1 8 a The o A o s s : o n . 1 1 . Th u rsd y H ly p tle St . J h xx

Appea ra nce t o Ma ry M agda len. — St a a nd t he o a s . a . . Frida . M ry H ly M rtyr : St M tt xxviii y — 1 6 2 0 . A a ppea ra nce in G lilee . — — u o n . 1 2 . Sa tu rda y Ch rch o f t he La tera n : St . J h XX 9 4

a n in o m s . Appe ra ce t he a b sence o f St . Th a — m 1 . n . S o e o ther ma nuscript s have : St . Jo h XX 9

. a n . h St Peter d St J o h n a t t e sepulchre . — i r . 2 1 . e a n n e Lo w Su nda y : St J o hn xx. 4 3 App a r ce p T n f o ma s . se ce o St . h Sundays a fter Ea ster : — ma Da m a n 1 1 1 6 . z u o s s et n. o . d : SS . C i St . J h X h T e Go o d Sheph erd. 6—2 2 o r . o n . 1 . a dn 3 d : St J h xvi S ess tu rned into j y. — o n . 1 . T ll 4t h : St . J h xvi 5 5 he H o ly Spirit will t ea ch a n thi s . g — h n . 2 0 t : . o E a o n t o 5 St J h xvi 5 3 . xho rt ti prayer .

Certain o f the more ancient manuscripts make no

o f R o o mention either the ogati ns r Litanies .

V f As ns - o o n : o n . 1 1 s igil the ce i St . J h xvii 4 . Prie tly f s pra yer o Jesu .

- A ns o n : . a . 1 2 sce i St M rk xvi 4 0 . La st a ppeara nce a nd

a sc ensIOn. h — u nda n t e o a : . o n . 2 6 xvi . o e S y withi ct ve St J h xv . 4 F r s u o ns tell s per ec ti .

- e n sda : . o n . 1 E o s W d e y St J h XV 7 1 . xh rta tion t o o b erve

t he precepts . E ve o f n o s : Two o s a s a s o n o f Pe tec t G pel p s ge , e which is do u b e ss a t t he a ss o f t he a s a t o n o e tl M F t N e, the th r 1 34 The L ec t iona ry

du n t he n o fﬁ es a f a dm n s a o n o f ri g ight c , ter the i i tr ti m b a ptis . — I st . o n X iv. 1 2 1 . o fo o d. . St J h 5 The H ly Spirit ret l

f h . 2 . . . o m o t a o u nd St Jo hn vii 37 . Pr i ses e S vi r — — n o s t a o n a t . t . n . 2 1 Pe tec t S ti St Peter : S Joh xiv 3 3 .

Pea ce by t he H o ly Spirit . — ’ — ’ o nda St . s c a ns : . n . 1 6 2 1 od s M y Peter h i St Joh iii . G

lo ve fo r the wo rld.

— - u e sda St . Ana a s a : . o n 1 1 0 es s is T y st i St J h x. . J u the o o d G Shepherd. — — n i. 2 ed sda St . a a o . o n V Go W e y M ry M j r : St J h 4 4 5 .

t o Jesu s trustingin Him. — - 6 s sda t . . 1 n n t o ss o o A s . Thur y S Luke ix . Mi i give the p tle — - a o A . u . 2 f Frid y H ly po stles : St L ke v 1 7 6 . Cure o the

para lytic . — — Tw s n . . 2 . a u da s o s e e a . S t r y elve le , St . P t r : St M tt xx 9 34 Th f e blind men o Jericho hea led. f n o — n 1 — m n w a o o . 1 . Oct ve Pe tec st St . J h iii 4 Ser o ith

Nico demus . — — m a t . V 2 u The sa v ca n St k i. a e Lu e 37 4 . Ch rity, tr e

wi sdo m.

TI M E A FTE R P E N TE COS T — N B . . The ancient capitularies divide this season into several subdivisions as follows

1 A A t er P ent ecost . f — u . 1 1 . ma n a nd St . L ke xvi 9 3 The rich — aza u s. Or . Lu 1 1 1 . m a L r St ke v. The ir u o ns d a u o f s c l r ght ﬁshe .

- 2 f . u . 1 6 . a a b o St L ke xiv 4 P r le the supper .

1 T is e io d ha s fu e mo e so me G o s e e i o e s fo r h p r , rth r r , p l p r c p t h e e dne sda ida a nd a u da W y, Fr y, S t r y.

1 36

— f u e o f rd w : . o n 6 . so n o 3 eek St J h iv. 4 5 3 The the r l r a ha rna um C p . — . 1 1 b t o aesa . . a 2 St M tt xxii . 5 . Tri ute C r 8— 2 The ss o f b o d a nd . a . 1 2 . St M tt . ix i ue l o ’ J a iru s da ughter.

- . a n o f o a . St Jo hn vi . 5 1 4 . Multiplic tio l ves

S UNDA YS O F AD VE N T

— E so d . a 1 . 4 t h week befo re Chri stma s : St M tt . xxi . 9 pi e

o f Betha ny. — The 2 . St . Lu ke xxi . 5 33

la tter da ys.

- . 2 1 0 . ss n s St . M a tt . xi Me e ger o n a s sent by St . J h B pti t

t o Jesus . — 8 . n u n . 1 2 St . Jo h i 9 I q iry ’ n a s s a s to St . Joh B pti t

b aptism.

2 P r — . o er o S a int s o f p f . The antiquity the calendars brought forward by the Blessed Tommasi reveals a double fact some saints which were then celebrated have now only a simple commemoration ; others do not ﬁgure at all . j a nua ry — d . dden a 2 . Without te St . Martina : St . Ma tt . xiii . 44 5 Hi a s — a b a . 01 . a . . 1 1 . a tre ure, pe rl St M tt xxv 3 P r le o f t n the e virgins.

- 1 . . t i 2 . s o n s a t o in in s u . 1 6 0 3 St Felix ( p ci ) : St . L ke X Mis i o f the Apo stles.

- 1 6 . . a u b o f s : . . 1 2 . a a St M rcell St Ma tt xxv. 4 3 P r le the a t lents. 1 — . . s a . a n su . 7 St Pri c : St M tt . xiii . 44 5 2 . Hidde trea re Dist ribu t i on of t he L essons 1 37 — a . u . 1 2 . a n s. St . Seba sti n : St L ke vi 7 3 True h ppi es — f ss. a . a . 2 . a u n St . Fabi n : St M tt . xxiv 4 4 7 W tch l e — b a s ione : . a xxv . 1 1 . a a A ne de P s . St . g s ( ) St M tt 3 P r le

o f the t en Virgins . — 6 V t o u e . n X II . 2 2 . . n e a t i s bii o St i c nt (s S . E ) : St J h 4 We

o ught t o suffer. — . A 2 1 . o f b d na s a . a The s St t siu s : St M rk v. 4 3 i sue loo ea d h le .

d t t a u a . A n s e N a ivi t e : o m. o n t he 1 a n St . g e ( ) C 7 th J ry

Februa ry

n - 2 riﬁ 2 M a a . 2 . P ca Y o a t i a d S . ri m : . u e 2 u . p p St L k ii 3

tio n o f Mary a nd presenta tio n o f J esu s.

A a a : As o n 2 1 st a n . St . g th J uary

- . m hea r a n n : u . 2 2 . s St V le ti e St . L ke ix 3 7 We u t

o u r cro ss . ’ — . . f s a : a t . . 1 1 r m o St Peter Ch ir St M t xvi 3 9 . P o ise t he prima cy (a cco rding t o an a ncient Ro ma n

ca lenda r) . — ias a . : . a . X i. 2 a . a 0 We a re t o b e St M th p St M tt 5 3 . r

the yo ke o f Jesu s.

M a rch

fo o a s : See ba s a n 2 0t h a nu a . The rty H ly M rtyr St . Se ti , J ry

- o o : . a i 2 St . Greg ry P pe St M tt . xx v. 4 47 . Watch fu n s l es .

- n d uk X i 6 . . : . se t o n a St Be e ict St L e . 33 3 The light

candlestick.

Annu n a o n L 2 - . 6 8 . The ci ti : St . uke i 3 I nca rna tion o f t he o d W r .

T r i Va a nu 1 . ibu t u s s and . a mu s : . o n 4 SS , leri , M xi St J h xv. — 1 2 6 . u u a o 1 M t l l ve . 1 38 The L ec t iona ry

1 I n a scha A nno tina — P . : o n . 1 D St J h iii 1 5 . i sco urse w o d mu s ith Nic e . — . o : u . 1 1 d St Ge rge St . L ke xxi 4 9 . The isciples a nd

their j u dges. — a a n : X i. 1 . a o f t he Gre ter Lit y St . Luke 5 3 Pr yer

- m o u na . 6 2 T u o u . u . i p rt te s l Or St L ke vi 3 4 . r e

wi sdo m.

- . a : . n . 1 u s n . St Vit li s St Jo h xv 7 . Jes the true vi e

M ay

d . . a n a s 2 in m a : o n . ea e SS Philip J e , p . St . J h xiv 7 P c t he H o ly Spirit. A . nd v a e E ent iu s a nd Theo dulu s. . o n . SS lex r, , St J h xv ’ ’ - 1 2 . 7 5 The wo rld s ha tred o f Jesu s disciple s. E a a o n nd n a o d n t o o ma nu s s o f x lt ti (Fi i , cc r i g ther cript ) g — h . dem t e o o ss . n 1 1 o us . H ly Cr : St Jo h iii . 5 Nic

St . J o hn befo re the La tin ga t e : Refe r b a ck t o t he

f f . ea st o St Ja mes . — f t h An a i. 2 1 0 . n a s o e o e . sso Fe t H ly g l St M tt . xvii Le o f u m h ility. — : . a . . 2 . ess . I O . St. Go rdia n St M tt x 34 4 Nec a ry se pa ra tio n — A hi . a e u s a nd c lleu s : . . 1 1 . SS . Ner St M tt xix 3

M a rria ge a nd virginity. — 6 . 1 . a n a s . o n . 1 2 1 u u a o . 2 . St P cr St J h xv M t l l ve D edica t io E cclesia S a ndra M a ria: a d ma rt res The 1 3. y go spel o f the day co rrespo ndingin the pro per o f the sea so n . — Pu d nt ia n : . a . 2 dd n a u 1 e a . . s . 9 . St . St M tt xiii 4 4 5 Hi e tre re

- . f n b a n . a . 2 . a u ss . 2 : . 5 . St Ur St M tt xxiv 4 4 7 W tch l e

1 E f h n At Th e a nnive rsa ry o f t he a ste r o t e pre cedi g yea r. o m o se who h a d b e en b a ized o n is ea da me t t o R e, th pt th gr t y e in t he u o n t he fo o in ea t o e eb a e t he geth r ch rch, ll w g y r, c l r t

h c l L. M i r o u s P . a nni e sa o f ei e e ne a io n. S ee t e o v r ry th r r g r t g , ,

1 40 The L ect iona ry — . a . 6 n a . 2 . dd a u . St Pr xedes : St . M tt xiii 4 4 Hi e tre s re — . 0 . A St Apo llina ris : St . Lu ke xxii . 2 4 3 The po stles

di spu te a s t o who is grea test . — f . . 1 : n f Vigil o St J a mes : St . Luke x 7 Mi ssio o the

Apo stle s .

- 8 a m . u X II . 2 . f St . J es : St L ke Hypocri sy o the

s s. . . 2 0 . m f Phari ee Or St Ma tt . xx The o ther o f the so ns o Zebedee.

m us u s u s a . u I . . a : k X I SS Felix, Si plici , F t , Be trice St L e

- f n s . 35 4 0 . Wa tch u l e s

- Abdon a n nn n : . o n . 1 2 1 6 . u u a SS . d Se e St J h xv M t l

love .

A ugust

’ - . a n . . 2 2 . s St Peter s Ch i s : St M a tt xiv. 33 Jesu s wa lk

upon the wa ters.

- . 1 6 . . 2 2 f n: u a n s. St . Stephe St L ke xix Pa r ble o the po u d l i u A a Fe ic i s m s : . . 6 . . us s a . 1 SS Sixt , , g pit St M tt x m A o s s a ds o s . p tle , sheep i t the w lve

8 . u n . u 2 Tra nsﬁg ra tio : St L ke ix.

6- 2 i . . 2 s n t t h s r a c a . o o e o s . St . Cy St M tt . X 3 Mi si Ap tle

o f . a u en : . a . 2 n a o n Vigil St L r ce St M tt xvi . 4 . I vit ti

t o follo w Jesu s . —2 T f a n : . a . . . o e s St . L ure ce St M tt X 37 4 pre er J su ll a b o ve a . — i n . 1 2 6 u ua o Ti u rt u s o 1 . . St . b : St . J h xv M t l l ve — n . 2 den a su . u n a . a d . St S sa : St M tt . xiii 44 5 . Hi tre re —2 f l o n . 2 0 sa n ss o . Eu u s : d St p St . J h xvi 3. The e the d s s u n d n o o i ciple t r e i t j y. — . ii 2 8 n f o u s : . u k x a o St Hipp lyt St L e . . Le ve the a s Ph ri ees . — f n . . E u s iu : a . 2 a u ss eb . . St s St M tt xxiv 4 4 7 . W tch l e 8—2 P u a t a tza : . u e a a ri . . a n a s io S . M St L k x 3 4 M rth d a M ry. — . u X II . 0 . a fu n ss . St Aga pit u s : St . L ke 35 4 W tch l e Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 4 1

- . 6 Who c a b 2 2 . mo eu s : u . 2 . n e . St Ti th St L ke xiv 35

f s s di sciples o Je u .

f a o o m w : . o n . 1 . esu s Vigil o St . B rth l e St J h XV J the n tru e vi e.

. a o o m w u I I . 2 . f a s t o who is St B rth l e : St . L ke XX 4 Stri e t he a gre t er . — . n s u a . 1 a da s St Ge e i s : St . M rk xiii 5 3 . The l tter y . — m u 1 2 a n . . e s : e ss St H r e St L k vi . 7 3. True h ppi e — . Au u s n : . u . 2 o n d n . St g ti e St L ke xii 3 34 . C ﬁ e ce E f a d n o f o n a u ve o be . s . the he i g St J h B pti t St . L ke — 1 . Amb u s es o f od. xiii . 3 35 h Her

- a na . 2 . dden a su b : . a St . S i St M tt . xiii 44 5 Hi tre re .

- a d n o f . o n a s : . a . 1 2 Behe i g St J h B pti t St M rk vi 7 9 . m a do o f o n a s . M rtyr St . J h B pti t

S ept ember

mm n f nfesso e s : o o o . St . Gil C Co rs

. n M . u a St Ant o ni u s : Se e 1 4th Febr ry. — a o f t h u . . s a o n N tivity e St . L ke i 39 5 5 Vi it ti

t o E za b e a nd t he M a ni ca t . St . li th g ﬁ S o me o ther ma nu script s give t he genea lo gy a cco rd

i . n t o a . 1 g St . M tt i . h A n : . u s t e u n . d a . o n 1 e s St . ri St J h xv. J tr e vi e

- P . 2 r a nd n u s a . o t u s a : . . s SS . Hy ci th St M tt x 3 33 Per e

enti o ns o f t he disciples . — . n . u e . . SS Co rneliu s a nd Cypri a : St L k xi 4 7 xii . 3

Threa ts o f t he Pha ri see s . r Exa lta tio n o f the H o ly Cro ss : As o n 3 d Ma y. — . o m d u 2 . ne s o u d b a St Nic e e : St . L ke ix. 3 37 O h l e r t he cro ss .

- u n E m a . a . . 2 . a d : SS L cy uphe i St M tt xiii 4 4 5 .

Hidden trea su re. — mini n . X I . 2 . u s a n SS L ciu d Ge r a u s : St Lu ke I 8 . a f Le ven o t he Ph a ri see s . 1 4 2 — . E s . u x11 . 0 . a n St u tace : St L ke 35 4 Vigil ce. — o f a ew : . u . 2 2 a n o f Vigil St M tth St L ke v 7 3 . C lli g

Levi . — . a : . a 1 . a n o f e . St M tthew St M tt . ix . 9 3 C lli g L vi — D n . a . . 2 . d n u . St . ig a : St M tt xiii 44 5 Hi de trea s re

. Emmera n u . . 1 n a d a : a . SS M rice St M tt v. The

B ea titudes . — m n D m . o 1 1 . o 2 6 . u SS C s a s a d a ia n : St J hn xv. M tua l

lo ve.

- D d a o n o f . a . . o e X I I . e ic ti St Mich l : St . Ma tt viii m a s n Hu ility nd likene s t o childre . i h . . T St Jero me As n t e co mmo n o f co nfesso rs. he

sa lt o f t he ea rth .

Oct ober

‘

- a . . 1 2 . a a b o f St . M ark : St M tt XXV 4 3 P r le the n ta le ts .

- . u s . u . 1 SS Sergiu s a nd B a cch : St L ke xxi 4 1 8 .

Co u rage in persecu tio ns .

T f b o f . e o n . o a . ra nsla tio n o the dy St P tr illa : St M tt . xxv — b o f t he t en n . 1 1 3. Pa ra le virgi s — . fu n a u s . a . . 2 a ess. St . C lixt : St M tt xxiv 4 4 7 W tch l W 2 . m b a Lu . u . e u s . St . ke : St L ke ix 7 t e r the

cro ss .

- hr sa nt hu s a nd Da rIu s : . a . . 1 . SS . C y St M tt xxiv 3 3

The end o f time .

mo n a nd u d : . o n . 1 . esu Vigil o f SS . Si J e St J h xv J s

the tru e vine . h u T a es . mo n a nd u d : . a . . 1 . e d SS . Si J e St M tt v Be tit

Q N o vember — iu s : o n X II . 2 2 6 . A o ss t o b a e . aesa r 1 . St C St J h 4 cr e r h re a o n e rth .

1 44 The L ect iona ry

f m A o . a : s in o f a n A o Vigil St Tho s the vigil p stle. m : 1 — . n o a . o . 2 u a o . St Th s St J h xv 7 5 . M tu l l ve Or d n o : . n 2 . A n accor i gto thers St Joh xx. 4 pparitio o f

u T m . Jes s to St . ho as

3. Tommasi gives as follows the L ect iones E va n gelioru m de diversis ca nsis

Pro u b er l i : 2 2 — ta t e u v ze . u . 2 m s . p St L ke viii 5 . Te pe t stilled Pro st rili i — e t a t lu v ae . e : . a 2 o nd p St M tt XV . 3 39 . Sec mu a n o f b d ltiplic tio rea . I n c o mm i — o t o ne n m : u X II . 2 2 1 . a o f ge tiu St L ke 3 . Fe r

the wo rld.

I n di - e b . : a . ns f d 1 . o a s s . elli St M tt . xxiv 3 3 Sig the l t a y I n — n a a a ac : u . 2 0 D s u n t li P p St . L ke xxii 4 3 . i p te o pre

c edenc e . — 1 6 . . . 2 2 f m al a : a ab o o u nds. Ite , i St Luke xix P r le the p — m m a . 1 1 o h m a a : . . . s o f t e a Ite , li St M tt xvi 3 9 Pr i e Pri cy. — m a a : . u . I I O . a aeu s ub a n Ite , li St L ke xix Z cch the p lic . — din t io n Presb t eri a . 2 I n r e . o a : . y St M tt xxiv. 4 4 7 Wa tch fu n s l es . — m a . a . 1 . Th a : . e o o d a nd Ite , li St M tt xxiv 4 5 5 g the

b a d serva nt . — 2 6 . I n o rdina t io ne D a o n : . o n X II 2 Th e a n i c i St J h . 4 gr i o f w hea t . — Pro o rdina nt ibu s : . o n 0 . The u so ns o f St J h viii . 3 39 tr e Ab a m r ha .

i o ru m : 6 - 1 2 I n o rdina t io ne E SCO . a . ss o n p p St M rk vi . Mi i

a nd instru ction o f t he Apo stles.

. m m a a : . a . . u o u s ff d b Ite , li St M tt ix 35 N er cures e ecte y

Jesus. h m a : . u . 6 . ss o n o f t e o s e a A s . Ite , li St L ke ix Mi i p tl 2 —8 i ne a s ae : u . . a I n dedic a t o B ilic St . L ke vi 4 4 M xims fo r do m true wis . — m a a : . u x . I I O . a aeu s t he u b a n Ite , li St L ke xix Z cch p lic . Dist ribu t ion of t he L essons 1 4 5 — Pro vela t io ne ae Dni. . a . xxII 1 1 . a a b ancill : St M tt . 4 P r le r f o f t he mar iage ea st . Ad la n m ma rit a a m n 2 —2 a s ve a t : o . s d St . J h iii . 7 9 L t te ti mo h ny o f t e Precu rso r . — . 6 . a n . m : a . 1 d a a . a a n Ite , li St M tt xix M rri ge virgi ity — The Ad n nedi n . x . 1 1 . Spo sa s b e c e da s : St Ma tt . x ii 4 n f s weddi g ea t . — m . . a a : a . 1 6 . a a a nd n . Ite , li St M tt xix M rri ge Virgi ity h u I n a u n u A . o n . su s t e vigili i s po sto li : St J h xv 1 . Je tr e n vi e. — I n a A o st olo rum : a . 6 1 2 ss o n a nd vigili p St M rk vi . Mi i s u o n o f A o s s in tr cti the p tle .

A 2 — I n na a u n u s o s o : . o n 1 1 u u a o t le i p t li St J h xv. 7 . M t l l ve — m a a : o n 1 u u . 2 . a o Ite , li St . J h xv. 7 5 M t l l ve — I n a u n u s sac erdo t is : a . 2 . a vigili i St . M tt xxiv. 4 4 7 W tch

fulness. — 1 . b I n na a n u s sa c erdo t is . a . 2 a a t le u i : St M tt xxv. 4 3 P r le f t he a n s o t le t .

I n vigilia u niu s ma rt yris sive c o nfe sso ris : St . Ma tt . x. — 34 4 2 . Persecu tio n a nd rewa rd.

m i f a . I n na a n u s art r c o n sso ris : . t le u i y s sive e St . M tt x — 2 8 . e a 33 Pers cu tio n nd rewa rd. — lurim r m . 1 . I n a o u sa n o u m : a . vigili p ct r St M tt xxiv. 4 3 ns o f t h a s Sig e l t da ys. lu rim r e X II — I n na a o u m sa n o u m : u 0 . t le p ct r St . L k . 35 4

Wa tchfu lness. — I n na a lu rimo ru m ma rt ru m : a . . 1 6 2 2 . t le p y St . M tt x

S u fferings o f the fu tu re a po stles.

f d fo r Then ollow some other passages , i entical , the most part with those now existing in o u r common ,

o f saints .

- I na a Vir in m : . xx 1 1 . n u a v. a ab o f t le g St . M tt 3 P r le the t n n e virgi s . 1 46 The L ect iona ry

- m . . 2 . dd n u . a a : a . as Ite , li St M tt xiii 44 5 Hi e tre re

- I n a n m rt uo ru m o n . 2 1 2 . a a ge da o : St . J h xi 7 M rth u a u s beseeches Jes s to ra i se L za r .

- m a a : o n vi 1 8 . su s a d o f f . Ite , li St J h . 5 5 Je the Bre Li e

E t c . fo r ff . etc Some other similar passages di erent

o f e f . sorts p rsons , judges , travellers , bene actors

D ist ribu t ion of t he Gosp el P ericop es in t he

A mbrosia n R it e

In this enumeration , we must be content just to point out the peculiarities relative t o the proper o f the

o f t o z season more ver, they su ﬁce characteri e the liturgy o f Milan from the point o f view o f the E van ge la ry a simple reference t o the R oman Missal will indicate which passages are the same in the o ne and the other rite . A A The mbrosian Missal begins with dvent , and gives six Sundays fo r this season — I a . . 2 . d m n . st : St . M tt xxiv 1 4 The la st j u ge e t

2 : - f a n o f t he n u . 1 1 8 . nn n o d St . L ke iii Begi i g the pre chi g

Precurso r .

- . . . f e u so t o 3rd : St Ma tt xi . 1 1 5 Emb assy o the Pr c r r

Jesus . — . f n . t h . 1 . o e a 4 St M a tt . xxi 9 The epi s de o B th y

. . n st h : St J o hn i 1 9 t o t he end. Jo h n B aptist b ea rs wit ess

t o Jesus . h 6t h : T 1 . T wo ma ss s 5 1 de Advent u : . u e e . , St L ke i

visita tio n o f M a ry.

. . Th z u d e n a na . : u e , d I c r t St L ke i

I nca rna tio n a nno unced t o Ma ry.

I 48 The L ect iona ry — 2 . b f s d. a . . a a o ee Sexa gesima : St . M tt xiii 3 3 The p r le the — i . 1 2 D ff n a s u n ua ma a ar b . Q i q ges : St . M tt . xiii 4 3. i ere t p le u a ra s ma As in M R Q d ge i : . . — ALB E e - F ach w ek day , except riday , has a mass and a spe cial gospel

o nda - 2 1 - t o sda . 1 1 1 6 M y the Thur y : St Matt . V. 3 ;

1 - 2 0 2 1 - 7 ; 2 4 .

- a u da : . X II 1 8 The d s es a s S t r y St . M a tt . . i cipl pluck the e r o f a whe t. z d n a de S a ma r t a na u d o f n a d i . o n . Su y Le t, c lle St J h iv — — o s n u a . . 2 0 1 M o nda y t Thu r da y i cl sive : St . M tt v 5 3 3 4 2 2 —8 1 —6 4 4 ; vi . . — da a 1 . su s d s s d in His o wn a u : . S t r y St M rk vi . 5 Je e pi e

co u ntry. — — L . ent rd u nda de Abra ha m : o n . 6 r 3 S y, St J h viii 3 5 9 . Th f e tru e so ns o Ab ra ha m. — — — o nda t o da : a . . 1 1 6 1 8 1 2 1 M y Thurs y St . M tt vi 7 5 ; 9

2 2 - 2 5 . — f A . a u da . a k 1 . ss o n o o s e s S t r y : St M r vi . 7 3 Mi i the p tl — — n n I nd. h n de asco : . o e t u da C . Le t 4 S y, St J h ix — 2 6- II o nda t o u sda . a . . V M y Th r y : St M tt vi 33 34 . 5 ;

6 - 1 2 2 —2 0 ; 1 . —1 n f d n a u da . a 1 . s o e . S t r y : St M tt . xix . 3 5 Ble si g the chil r — n t h u nda de La za ro o n . Le t 5 S y, St J h xi

o nda t o T u sda d ff n o s . M y h r y, i ere t g pels — . m o f m o nda : a 2 . o s a . M y St . M rk viii 7 33 Pr i e the Pri cy

u da n 6 - 2 o n u s o n o f t he : o . . T es y St . J h vi 5 7 C cl i

E u cha ristic pro mise. — Anno u n me n o f edn sda : u . 1 . W e y St . L ke xviii 3 34 ce t a s o n the P s i . — D s u o n a b o u su s . T s . II . s hu r da y : St J o hn V . 4 3 5 3 i c s i t Je — i. 2 . n t ne s oli a . X 1 Sa turda y : i t ra di io ymb : St . M tt 5 3 s n s a ll t o fo o w Him J esu i vite ll . Dist ribu t io n of t he L essons 1 4 9 — — n X i. X II . 1 1 L o . e as Cnt Pa lm S u nda y : St . J h 5 5 The r p t

a t Bethany. — 6 o ica u . . n u o o nda in a u t hent : . n M y, St L ke xxi 34 3 C cl si

o f the se rmo n o n the end o f time. — t X i. . o ns a es Tu sda in a u hent ica : . o n e y, St J h 4 7 5 4 C pir ci

a ga inst Jesu s. — in a u t hent ica a . 1 . o n . C dn sda : . We e y, St M tt xxvi 5

spira c ies a ga inst Jesu s.

mini . . o u sda in ccena D o : . a t s o H ly Th r y, St M t xxvi Hi t ry

o f t he a s o n s ar . P si , ﬁr t p t — da in eccles . ca t h . : . a . 1 Th o a u . . e H ly S t r y, St M tt xxviii 7

ho ly wo men a t t he sepu lchre .

o a u da ro ba tiza t is : . o n . The d s o u s H ly S t r y, p p St J h iii i c r e o d mu s with Nic e . — Ea s e Da Al issa de solemnit a t e : . o n 1 1 1 8 t r y, St J h xx. . The

a ppa ritio n t o M a ry M agda len. — B . E N . ach day in this week has two masses , the

ro ba t iza t is in E cclesia hiema li one under the rubric p p , in o mni E cclesia the other . — o nda I st : . a . . 1 1 . The ea u M y St M tt v 4 B tit des. — 2 n . u e 1 2 . d : St L k xxiv. 1 The h o ly wo men a t t h e sepulchre . — I . Tu esda y st : St Jo hn v. 1 1 5 . The pro b a tio po o l ; t he

pa ra lytic healed.

- 2 n . a . xx I d : St M tt vi i. 8 1 5 . Appea ra nce o f su s Je the gua rds bribed. — - W I . dnesda st : a . . 8 . o o f en e y St M tt V 44 4 L ve emies .

- 2 n u 1 . d : St L ke xxiv. 3 35 The disciples o f

Emma u s . — T u da I st . n 1 s : o . h r y St J h vi 5 5 7 . Pro mi se o f the

E u cha ri st .

2 nd : . a . . h t e end. o St M tt xxviii , P wer given t o t h e Apo stles. 1 5 0 The L ec t io na ry

— h 0 . o m f t e I st : St . Jo h n vi . 35 4 Pr i se o

Eu cha rist .

- m n a t . 1 . o o z u d : St . M a rk xvi 7 The h ly w e

t he sephu lc re . — Th he 1 1 . f n . 1 e a s t S a tu rda y 5 1 : St . Jo h xiii 5 w hing o

feet .

- n . 1 1 . n z u d : St . J o h xxi 4 Appea ra nce ea r T the Sea o f iberi a s. n b Do minica i Al is : As in M . R . — o n . 2 . Th r a s z u d a ft er Ea ster : St . J h i 9 34 e P ecurso r be r

witness o f Jesu s. i rd t h a nd t h : As n M . R 3 , 4 , 5

R . Vigil o f t he Ascensi o n : As in M .

- n . u 2 . a s a a a n e The Asce sio n : St L ke xxiv. 6 5 9 L t ppe r c

a nd Ascensio n. — . I . 2 es S u nda y within the octave : St Jo h n XVI 1 6 . Pri tly f pra yer o Jesus . “ - lit niis mi r di I . 1 1 . u des. I n a no ib u s e : St Ma tt . v. 4 Bea tit

- . . 2 1 . ro wds St Ma tt . XV 9 3 C

o f sick co me t o Jesu s . —8 u a 2 . St . M tt . xv. 3 3 M ltipli

ca tio n o f l o aves.

i f n s 2 . Ann n o : . o n xv. 6 1 o V gil Pe teco t St J h ; xvi 5 . u ce m n o n n n e t c cer i g the Holy Spirit .

P E N TE COS T — a t iz t i o n . a n a nd n a pro b p a s : St . J h vii 37 39 . Te chi g i vit u s tio n o f Jes . “ i t o 1 — e o lemn t a e : . n . 2 m s s o f 2 d S St J h xiv 5 7 . Pro i e the

Ho ly Spirit . “ a de S S Trinit a t e . n 1 : n . 6 Do mi ic . St Jo h xv 2 ; f n s See vigil o Pe teco t .

1 5 2 The L ect iona ry

L 2 — . . The o o a a u . m an. 3 St ke X . 5 37 g d S rit

1 8—2 2 Th ﬁ - d . . a e u se . 4 St M tt . xxi . . gtree c r

- . 6 h . a . . T e fa ss u sb a n m n 5 . St M tt xxi 33 4 ithle h d e .

A n o ther series

“ D - - m. o 1 o c t o b ris u . 6 1 . The b a n ﬁ ee . St . L ke xiii 7 rre gtr “ — 2 u i a . n 1 1 2 The ae a n de d c t : o . q te St . J h viii .

a du lterou s wo ma n. “ - i . 2 2 . m . n 1 n ded E . a o 3 ic ccl joris . St J h x. 3 s o nsu b s an a a Chri t c t ti l with the F ther . “ — I o . T ic a . h s ded t : . . e p t St Ma tt xviii . 33 35

wicked serva nt . “ - 2 o s dedic a t . a . II . 1 2 2 The b p t St . M tt XX 5 . tri ute

t o Ca sa r . “ i a — c t . : . The o ded . a II . 1 1 3 p st St M tt . XX 4 ma a f a s rri ge e t .

We Shall a dd nothing to what we have said further b ack with regard to the Gallican liturgy

We o o u t fo r p . Sh uld like to point here as the ( ,

o o f A Lectionaries , in the w rk lcuin a step in advance to wards the m o re complete ado pti o n o f the R oman

b u t no o f cycle , mention is made the Gospels in the

Comes a b Albino edit a s o f and the collection homilies , Latin manuscript o f the twelfth century o f the

o f 0 D National Library Paris , N . that . Morin 8 2 — R evu e 1 . 1 ( 9 , pp 49 497 ) believed should

t o A w a s fo r be attributed lcuin , rather destined

preachers ; moreover , it is more like the Gallican 1 than is the Comes .

1 ’ ’ ’ - Diet . d A rcheo lo i e chret ienne et de Lit u r i e i. 1 0 1 0 8 g g , c. 7 7 7 . Ceremonia l Observed f or t he L ect ions 1 5 3

— E E A E ED THE III . C R MONI L OBS RV FOR LECTIONS

I TH E E CTI O NA I ES . L R

N o o f B . . The writing the ornamentati n the ,

o f manuscripts , the splendour the bindings in the Lectionaries are fa r fro m equalling the magniﬁcence that we have attempted t o describe in the E va nge la rie s ; b o o f ecause these collecti ns writings , though doubt

o f less venerable because the divinely inspired Word ,

no t . were held in such high esteem Nevertheless , o ne is warranted in thinking that the Lectionaries t o o were in some w a y embellished like the Bibles and

: x a be m . Psalters some e amples y quoted Thus , in the series spoken o f further back by E hre nsbe rge r

No s 1 there are . 3 and 5 (pp . 9 and in the col lectio n o f the Great Seminary o f A utun is a L ect ion a ria m x du ense o f the thirteenth century . It is

o o o f true that , in this c llecti n , the complete missals the fourteenth and ﬁfteenth centuries are specially remarkable fo r their illuminations and ornamented lettering t he magniﬁcent Sacramentary o f the ninth

1 bis so f century (No . 9 ) , o ten described , does not bel o ng to the kind o f collections which occupy us now . To su m up the ceremonial o f the lections o f the

o f e o f : 1 Mass during the course ages , is to sp ak ( ) the ministers to whose ca re their pe rformance was 1 5 4 The L ect io na ry

entrusted ; (2 ) o f the variety and multiplicity o f the lecti o ns and o f the languages in which they were written ; (3) o f the part o f the Church where they

f o f f were per ormed , the ormulas and rites which

o f accompanied them . We shall brieﬂy treat each

these points .

( 1 ) The M inist ers t o w hom t he L ec t ions of t he M a ss w ere a ssigned

The order and function o f lect or appear in the very earliest ages o f the Church both in the E ast as well E as the West . In the ast , it seems that the lector

o z was the only minor order rec gni ed , as can be gathered from the eighth book o f the Ap os t olic

2 2 se e G . . . c o l ons t it u t ions . . C , ch ( Migne , P , tom i .

1 1 8 A ost olic Ca nons . 2 o f 1 ) the p , in can 4 , speak the

o f lector and the cantor, which clearly

E a st e rns supposes two distinct orders among the . Cantors and lectors were eff ectively the two existing

E in Tru llo orders in the ast, as attests the council

d o (a n. The istincti n is very rarely met with in the Western Church this Church nevertheless reco g

F o niz e d the lectors . rom the third century this rder ,

e : . C is expressly m ntioned Pope St ornelius , writing

s o f A to the Bi hop ntioch , to acquaint him with the

o f R o f status the oman clergy , speaks the lectors in 2 Af his enumeration (towards In rica , the

de P rx scr t ionibus lectors were known to Tertullian ( ip ,

1 — i. i n P E . V . e . . . 2 0 . E use b u s H . G . 2 i , , ch 43 M g , , t xx c

I 5 6 The L ec t iona ry

rdo R o u P i b e O ma n s . a er en sa llent es nu t riu nt r , viii p u in schola c nt o m Ex ha e a cc i a ru . ip ent p rima m bene dict ionem a b a rchidia c ono tom . lxxviii . col .

da o f In our own y, the ordination the lector, in the

R C o o f oman hurch , consists in the traditi n the bo ok

f : A cei e et est o verbi D ei rela t or with the ormula p , , ha bit u ru s si ﬁdelit er et u t ilit er impleveris oﬁ c iu m t u u m a rt em c u m iis u i ver u m D ei bene a dminist ra , p q b v n eru t a b init io . This book which is presented is

o r o r o f the Missal perhaps the Breviary, the text H o ly Scripture ; the last wo rds o f the formula are a manifest allusion to the primitive functi o ns and

o f o h — importance the lect rs in the Churc B. In the

S t a t u t es fo r Gallican rite . The ancient written the

o f A o C f . hurch rles , perhaps under the direction St

Cae o f sar at the beginning the sixth century , and , f “ F C o ten mentioned under the rubric , ourth ouncil ” o f C fo r o f arthage, give us the rite the ordination the lecto r ; the resemblance t o our R o man Pontiﬁcal is most striking b o th in the tradition o f the book as

f o o o well as the ormula pr n unced by the bish p .

. A o F o f . y In the mbr sian rite . rom the works St A f mbrose , it is di ﬁcult to know what was exactly the state o f the hierarchy o f ministers at the time o f

o this h o ly d o ctor. The P ntiﬁcal o f the ninth century fo r o f C o f fo r the usage the hurch Milan presents , the o o f ff o o f rdination the di erent ministers , a c mbination f R . the oman and Gallican rites In the twel th century ,

O o f B ero ldu s the rdo , the custom is recorded by Ceremonia l Observed f or t he L ec t ions 1 5 7

c e re mo nia riu s o f C the the Milanese hurch , enumerated

b o f a nd the mem ers the clergy, among them are 1 rimic ie riu s — twelve lecto rs with their p . 6. In the

No fo fo r f M o z arabic rite . ritual is und the con erring

o f o o d Co l o f min r r ers . Nevertheless , the unci Toledo ,

00 e o f ost ia rii about the year 4 , sp aks the and the lect ores ; the lect o rs are also menti o ned in the seco nd

Council o f Braga can . 4 5 (I t non a scenda t in ,

u l it u m L E CTO non licea t in u l it o sa llere a u t p p R , p p p le ere nis i u i a resb t ero LE CTO E S su nt o rdina t i g q p y R .

f w ho o It was there ore a Simple priest , with ut the

o o f b interventi n the ishop , ordained the lesser clergy , a nd this circumstance explains the absence o f a ny 2 f fo r u se o f ormula in the book destined the the bishop .

o f did But , in the lections the Mass , what part the lecto rs take ? What part w a s reserved t o the sub

o ? o ne Fo r f o deac ns The question is a delicate . , r m

o C : an early time , subdeac ns existed in the hurch in

o f the third century, in the letter which we have just

o Co o f o spoken , P pe St . rnelius speaks the subdeac ns

f t he o o as distinct rom lect rs . True , the distincti n is no t so clear as it became later in the E astern

A s C . o f f o d t o hurch a matter act , acc r ing actual

d o f discipline, the rea ing the epistle at High Mass is reserved t o the subdeaco n as the gospel is t o the

1 ’ ’ ’ Di et . d A rcheo lo ie chret i enne et de Li u r t i e i. 1 g g , c . 39 1 1 434 2 S e e in t h e M o nu ment a Lit u r i ca v iber rdin . L O u m g , t . , , di ed b D F ro in 1 a n e . d h e t . t e no t y , p 4 te I 5 8 The L ect iona ry

At ? deacon . what age did this discipline begin I ” C 1 am inclined to believe , says ardinal Bona that it ,

Ama la riu s was about the seventh century . , who wrote

o f r M ira r at the beginning the ninth centu y , tells us

u a de re s u m t u s sit u su s in E ccles ia nost ra u t su b q p , dia conu s F E U E NTISSI ME le a t lect ionem a d missa m R Q g , cu m hoe non rep eria t u r ex mini st erio s ibi da t o in con sec ra t ione commiss u m ne u e ex lit t eris ca nonieis ne u e , q , q ” ex nomine su o . o f Later he adds , at the end the chapter : S edp ost qu a m st a t u t u m est a p a t ribu s nost ris u t dia co nu s le eret E va n eliu m st a t u eru nt u t et su b g g , dia c onus legeret Epis t ola m sive L ec t ionem. Cardinal

f o Bona , a ter having touched in passing on the expressi n

re u ent issime f f q , ventures to orm an opinion , and argues thus A ma la riu s does no t tell us at what period o u r Fathers established what has been said my opinion is that the deacons began t o read the gospel before

. A o f R the subdeacons did the epistle council heims ,

8 2 A o f in 3, speaks in this sense ; and nastasius says

8 - 8 8 o Pope Be nedict I I I . ( 5 5 5 ) that he rec nstituted f f a book , lost be ore his time, in which they ound the lessons that the subdeacons according to custom mo re solit o o f , read at all the stations the churches ; he adds t he Greek and Latin lessons that the sub deacons customarily read o n Holy Saturday and the Saturday before Pentecost he enriched it with very ” F suitable and marvellously wrought gold . rom which it follows that the custom adopted by the

1 Reru m lit u r i ca ru m ii . vi. g , . ch

1 60 The L ec t iona ry

fo r o f R , unless they were some expressions the oman , Pontiﬁcal in the ordinati o n o f the latter mean E C nothing . The astern hurch in early times gave the lector power to re ad the different lecti o ns at the

a M ss ; indeed , one reads in an ancient commentary

o f D : einde e lect ores divina ru m s St . enys D p r c ript u r

a ru m P ro het a ru m A ost oli et D ivini E va n elii lec t io , p , p g t 1 E ﬁ . But it seems that the ast has since placed some restrictio ns on so ex tended a faculty : se e here ,

R e na u do t his Lit u r ia ru m indeed , what tells us in g 68 orient a liu m R it u s . . o f , tom . ii p , in speaking the

: I n o rient a li ecclesia non s olent Syriac liturgy , lect ores vel su bdia eoni sa cru m S c ript u ra m cuju s mu lt x

‘ sect iones le u nt u r u blice le ere id u e vu l o er icit u r g , p g q g p y

a di onis I n rioru m ordina t ione nihil occu rrit u od a c . p q

a d o ciu m illu d le endi e ist ola m u t a u d L a t inos er ﬁ g p , p , p

t inea t imo s u bdia eo ni a d a lt a re vix a ccedu nt . F ; inally , that is in acco rd with the idea which A ma la riu s

o f R got the oman practice , when he said that this privilege did not seem to result ex minis t erio s ibi da t a

in consecra t ione ; nor is it opposed to the conception which the author o f the Microl o gy formed when “ he said This faculty is rather the effect o f a

o concession o f the ecclesiastical auth rity . But the

f R o ha s E ast has restricted this aculty , whilst me ” extended it .

1 a o d in B o na R eru rn li t u r ica ru i vi m i . a ss e u e . P g q t , g , . ch Ceremonia l Observed f o r t he L ec t ions 1 6 1

(2 ) Va riety a nd M u lt iplic ity of t he L ect ions a nd t he L a ngu age u sed f o r t hem

The reader need have no fear o f seeing us here return t o a p o int which has bee n amply dealt with in the preceding chapters ; we shall at once resume o u r considerati o n o f the practice o f the Church “ throughout the centuries Many churches , says

C o f b ardinal Bona , precede the reading the epistle y

o f s me passage drawn rom the prophets , especially on great solemnities the Comes furnishes us with a proo f : at present certain missals still have some lections o f this kind fo r Christmas night and the three Masses o f the feast ; R aoul o f Tongres assures us that such was the case with the Roman Missal before the Friars Minor changed the R oman rite The Church o f

z ed Milan , as well as the Mo arabic liturgy , has preserv

fo r o u r this custom . Let us part add that the R oman Missal actually b ears traces o f this ancient practice on the days o f the Quatuor Tempo ra a nd o n

E t no certain vigils . The as ern liturgies are even w f o f o R e na u do t o ne d ull such lecti ns asserts that coul , at the peri o d when he wrote count ﬁve : 1 the , ( ) lection taken fro m the Old Testament ; (2 ) the lecti o n o f the Acts o f the A po stles ; (3) the lection ’ o f St . Paul s E pistles ; (4) the lecti o n from the

C o E o f ath lic pistles ; (5 ) lection the Gospel . In

o f f A ha s b place the lection rom the cts , there een

o E substituted , b th in the ast and the West , the 1 1 I 6 2 The L ect io na ry

o o f f ff do o f acc unt the li e , su erings , and martyr m ﬁnd t he saint who is h o noured . We shall some

i cu D examples in the L ber Comi s pub lished by .

Morin . The R oman rite prescribed that in certain circum

o stances the two languages , Latin and Greek , sh uld

o r t he be used successively , at least could be at will

f o f o f o f the Pope . We shall ﬁnd proo this in many

R o ma ni rd R o ma nu s X rdines . O o the O Thus , the 1 o f f o f the twel th century , makes mention the “ fo llowing : The b le ssIng o f the Paschal c a ndle

i d t o be ng ﬁnished the sub eacon going up the pulpit , , , b egins the lections with o ut giving the tit le o f the b d if book . The lesson eing ﬁnishe , the Sovereign

ff d o o e t o a d Ponti wishes it , a Greek sub eac n c m s re

o A o n d the same lecti n in his language . nd e procee s ” o r s Ordo R oma nu s thus f the twelve le sons . In the

o l fo r X L t m. c o V. (Migne , P . . , lxxviii . . the

d o f Christ ma s w e o d d secon Mass , are t l Lau s being

a nd f ﬁnished , the epistle is ﬁrst sung in Latin a ter

in d o d wards Greek . The Latin sub eac n atten s the

t w o t o b o w Greek subdeacon , and the together go 2 f o f o o ff down at the eet the S vereign P nti .

1 i . l L . f M n P . xxv 111. . 1 0 d o w in e t 1 a n o . g , , c 4 ll g 2 m d R ma nu s X I P L . A i e e ma is a e in t h e Ordo o V. l k r rk ( , 0 f h i h o na io n o f v iii . 1 0 a o o s o t e so e mn o f t e c o t . lxx . c 3 ) pr p l ty r t t he Po e L a u dibu s ni t is l e i t u r E is t o la L TI et G R IECA p ﬁ , g p A NA s u bse u ent u r s u er u l i t u m q p p p .

1 64 The L ec t iona ry ceremonies which acco mpany the reading o f the

R D e divinis o iei s gospel ; upert , in his treatise , i ﬁ , 6 1 ch . gives us a reason , which he assigns to the 3 ,

b o f a n a sence y blessing preceding it , but which we

o f can easily extend to the absence other rites . The text read b y the subdeacon represents the Law a nd

o Go d o the Pr phets , an instruction given by , with ut

d o t o splen our , as under a shad w , a articular people p ,

o f z ignorant other nations , and unrecogni ed by them .

o f The reading the epistle being ﬁnished , the server

o f : D eo t i answers in the name those present gra a s . God be praised fo r the food o f His doctrine which

t o fo r fo o f He has deigned give us , the od His divine

o u r wisdom with which He has satisﬁed hungry souls .

t o o f This practice appears to date the time St . Augustine : the h o ly docto r makes an indirect

t o o ne o f his allusion it in sermons , when he says

1 I n leet ione A ost oli a . c ra t ix (serm 33, alias p g

u nt u r de de Gent iu m D o mino ag ﬁ .

The blessing , which the subdeacon goes to receive

f o f d t o a ter the singing the epistle , accor ing the

R o f o oman rite , appears to be a Sign submissi n and dependence to wards the representative o f o u r Lo rd

no t sa the priest does y anything, but merely makes

o f C o d the Sign the r ss and gives him his han to kiss . This is d o ubtless a vestige o f the practice mentioned

1 G e o o f To u s sa s a a t M i a n it wa St . r g ry r y th t l s cu sto ma ry fo r t h e le cto r t o c o me with t he b o o k in his ha nds t o a sk t h e ’ d e mi r s o s e missio n t o ea D a c u li S . M a rt i ni b ish p p r r . Ceremonia l Observed f o r t he L ec t io ns 1 6 5

Ordo R oma nu s X V. in the , where it tells us that the

t w o s b d a nd o u eacons , Greek Latin , g together to

’ Ordo kiss the S o vereign P6nTiff s fo o t . The same

‘ 1 ’ s méfI t io ne d o ha , in the passage , an ther expression

fo r n o Finit is la u dibu s which calls a little expla ati n , c a nt a u r l do d t E ist o a . p , is said What these wor s ,

Finit is la u dibu s ? C d , mean They are , says ar inal 1 a n s t o s b Bona , allu ion the custom practi ed y the Churches o f R o me and Gaul : the collect o r prayer

d o fo o f o ﬁnishe , there are s me rmulas prayers , s me

: Christ u s vincit Christ u s re na t litanies ending , g ,

Chris t u s im era t To : R ex p . which the choir answer n s t r : s t r l r ra o e es nos a o ia nos t . O , p ; g The riental liturgies have added some fo rmulas t o these ex c la ma t io ns o f which are ten very long, and which seem t o b e a preparati o n o f the congregati o n fo r

o : o the subsequent lecti n thus , the Nest rian liturgy includes the two prayers fo ll o wing

AD L E CTIO N ES : S a nc t u s la u da ndu s o rt i s im , , f , mort a lis u i in sa nc t is ha bit a s et re u iescit in eis , q q volu nt a s t u a res ice D o mine ro it iu s est o et miserere , p , , p p

A D A POSTOL M I llu m na U : i nobis , D omine et D eu s nos t er mot u s co it a t ionu m nos t ra ru m a d a u diendu m , g , et int elligendu m a u dit iones s u a ves ma nda t o ru m t u o ru m vivi iea nt iu m et divinoru m et c oncede nobis er ra t ia m j , p g et misericordia m t u a m u t ex illis c olli a mu s a r u ment u m , g g dilec t ionis et s ei sa lu t em u e a nimce et c or ori c nveni p , q p o

1 R eru m lit u r ica ru m ii g , . ch . v. 1 66 The L ec t io na ry ent em c a nt emu s u e t ibi loria m er et u a m indes inent er , q g p p 1 et sem er o mniu m D omine. p ,

F fu o f R C aith l children the oman hurch , while we

o f rid assist at the sacriﬁce the Mass , a while we listen t o D o f Old a nd the ivine word the New Testaments , ma y o ur minds be animated by like dispositions let us a sk understanding o f the Divine teachings ; that this understanding may direct all our voices in the

o o f ma o u s l ve God , and that it y c nduct to the happy end when we shall fo r ever sing the goodness o f the Savi o ur Up t o no w we have said nothing o f the general expressions that the Church has added t o the sacred

o r text in her liturgy, either to announce the lection , t o o n u enter actually the s bject . Nevertheless , these

‘ formulas with which we are familiar have a very ancient o rigin : they are found fo r the most part in manuscripts adapted to liturgical uses ; they are written in the margins ; they vary according to cir c u mst a nc e s o R o . Th se that we ﬁnd in the man Missal o r the A mbrosian Missal may b e resolved into

fe w : t h O ld a types the lections from e Testament ,

f t o like those taken rom the New , which relate a

f : I n illo historic act , begin either with these words t empore (this is the formula fo r the beginning o f the

o o r b : I n diebu s illis g spel) , else y these (historical

b o o f Old o o ks the Testament , s metimes also the

f r o f passages rom the Pro phets which t eat an event ,

1 R e na udo t de Li t u r iis N est o ria nis . ii. . . , g , t p 5 7 9

1 68 The L ect io na ry

o at the b eginning o f the P ntiﬁcal Mass . Innocent

P L . rn . . de ii is . . . M st er s M sx I I I ( y , Migne , , to ccxvii col “ su b 802 and fo l. ) makes the following remark The deacon at that time carries the E vangelary closed there

ho o f . o w is in this action a type St J hn Baptist , prepared the w a y fo r the Gospel it indicates at the same time f A . o that according to the pocalypse v 4 , the book ,

o o the Gospels is a sealed bo k , and can nly be Opened on the altar by Christ Himself o r the priest represent

A d nt r ibo . . f I o ing Him ter having sai the prayers , , etc , the prelate go es up t o the altar kisses it a nd then , , they off er him the beginning o f the Gospel text to

is o A o b . t kiss als , which later sung y the deac n this

o f C o f moment , according to a ceremonial the hurch

R c es t lex sa net a heims , the archdeacon says ,

P a t er Credo et eon t eor , and the archbishop answers ﬁ . A ma la riu s says that afterwards the E vangelary is put d on the altar, and remains there till the eacon comes to take it to sing the gospel this practice has been

: o f modiﬁed the deac n , a little be ore the singing o f

o the g spel , carries the book containing the sacred f text to the altar , and it is rom there that he comes ft to take it again a er having said , on his knees , the

: M u nda cor meu m prayer , etc . When the time

R O do is come, the oman r prescribes that the deacon

’ e te f t o is to kneel to kiss the pr la s eet , receive his

t o E blessing then he goes the altar, kisses the van

l r nd e a a o . d g y, h lds it up in his hands Nowa ays the ’ o n deacon kisses the bishop s ring, and kneels the steps Ceremonia l Observed f or t he L ec t ions 1 69

o f sa M u nda cor meu m the altar to y , and then , taking

the b o ok o f the Gospels goes to ask his blessing . , C l This latter rite, says ata ani , is general and pertains everywhere ; what do vary are the fo rmulas pronounced

d o A o by the eac n and priest . cc rding to the general

s o f R rubric the oman Missal , the deacon ought to

s a : u be D omne benedicere C y j , , , and atalani notes the

di ff erence in the terms used by the priest and deaco n .

o o r The celebrant , bish p priest, also asks a blessing b fo b u t f t o e re reading the gospel , addressing himsel

Go d a nd , the Sovereign Universal Master, he says

u be D omin be d e ne icere. j , , The deacon , speaking not

t o Go d t o immediately , but His representative , says

u b D o e mne . D w h j , . St Peter amian explains y this fo : u be D omu e benedic ere f rmula , , is pre erred to f ,

o : D omne benedicit o this ther , which is used in the

o f V is L ec t u ru s liturgy enice . It , he sa s that y , ma nce hu milit a t is ra t ia non a sa cerdot e sed a b eo eu i g g , sa c erdos u sserit se ost u la t benedici A t o j p . ccording the Ab R b bot upert , this lessing is given to the deacon , w ho o t o t he sings the g spel and not subdeacon , who , h a s t o ff sing the epistle , to mark the di erence between the Prophets o f the O ld Law and the A postles o f : s u b the New the Prophets , represented by the

d f Go d deacon , receive their mission rom in an invisible

b u t A o manner , the p stles , represented by the deacon , b were sent openly y the Incarnate Saviour . The b ish o p gives the b lessing in these terms : D ominu s s it in eorde t u o et in la biis t u is u t digne et comp et ent er The L ec t iona ry a nnu nt ies E va n liu su u m in n mine P a t i et Filii e m o r s . g , Thi s prayer tells the deacon that his heart

t o o f ought be in harmony with the words the Saviour , ' that this same Savi o ur o ught t o dwell int e rio rly in d him and speak by his mouth . We sai that there

o a s ro was am ng the Greeks , among the Latins a , p

i o se e cession to the ambo to S ng the g spel . We in I I I d L . P . 8 2 2 Innocent . (work quote , . , tom . ccxvii pp . 8 2 4) some more circumstantial details abo ut the order o f o o f u se o f the processi n the ministers , the incense ,

o f o n o and also a cushion which to rest the bo k . The

o f C heretics these latter days , says atalani (he speaks o f o f o Pr testants) , have not ailed to turn int ridicule o r to pervert these di fferent ceremonies notably the ,

o f d o f t o use can les , incense , consecrated persons and f r f d things ; they have o gotten , these ardent de en ers o f the Scriptures that the O ld Law prescribed the ,

u s o . e o f incense in the sacriﬁces (se e E x d xxx . 1 and that the candles are symb olical o f the jo y which accompanied the pre aching o f the Gospel . We burn incense at the gospel t o Show o u r respect t o C Jesus hrist true God and supreme Priest , hidden ,

o ne in the letter and speaking to us in it . It is true

o o b u t C als incenses pers ns ; , says ardinal Bona

f o R ru it u r ca ru m . e m l i lib . i . c it is r m a ( g ,

o b religi us motive , in which one invites them y it to

o ff o f D t o c nsider the e ects ivine grace , direct their

f o prayers t o G o d from a m o tive o recognition and l ve .

o f C o n f The Signs the ross the orehead , mouth , and

1 7 2 The L ec t iona ry

Catalan i establishes at lengt h in his D e eodiee

E va lii 2 n e . . . t o g , lib ii c 4 , that the gospel was be

heard with the head uncovered , and in it he adduces

’ many undeniable proo fs in su ppo rt o f this View the

' o f F o f Po nt iﬂ authority the holy athers , Sovereign S ,

o f theologians , canonists , liturgists ; indeed , some

a s fo r o the very highest personages , instance , P pe ,

X o f : u o recent iu s eo Benedict I I I . , whom he says Q ,

it em va lidiu s a c venera biliu s est ma lens sa lu t is

s u bire ericu lu m u a m a sa cris rit ibus vel la t u m p , q

u n u em discedere a deo era t ecclesia st icm disci linm g p ,

’ t nd qu a m p robe ca lleba t t ena x serva or et cu s t os . A he concludes : E veryo ne knows that this act is a mark

o f o respect paid to the g spel , but one can support it by o ther reasons : (a ) the gospel preaching ha s dis

e rsed o f Old p the Shadows the Law, and given to man a full kno wledge o f the truth ; (b) it signiﬁes that all the senses should be disengaged and attentive to listen to this Divine word (c ) we owe all the marks o f s D our submission and respect to thi ivine teaching . The prescription about laying down the staff seems to us at ﬁrst sight rather strange : the staff appears

o f to have been a rest , a prop (perhaps even an arm f f f de ence) , which the aith ul took with them at a time when it was not permissible to sit d o wn (and when the meeting might b e disturbed) the putting down o f the staff during the gospel was to Show that human aid

o was no l nger necessary, because the Saviour Jesus was there and made His word heard , and it was at the Ceremonia l Observed f o r t he L ec t ions 1 7 3

same time t o Show that it was desired t o practise fo o f o s mc e rgiveness injuries . The usage has l ng b een abando ned and the staff is only preserved in , certain chapters as the insignia o f - the precentor o r

’ b z ma the dean . Perhaps the ishop s cro ier y also be

d d a s ff o f a nd ma w regar e a sta this nature , we y ell b e astonished to read in the Ceremonial o f Bishops

lib n I se E isco u s R E TI N ET ( . ii . ch . viii . , . p p p

' BAC U L U M int er a mba s c ns ma nu s u net a s st a ns vers u s y j , dia conu m ea nt a nt em s o f o . But the rea on this excepti n , t he sa is o f t s authors y, in the character hi insignia

no t fo r o it is a material support the bish p , but a mark o f u o f d his a thority, his solicitu e , and at the same time an instrument o f correcti o n Episcop i ba cu lu s es t insigne ip siu s a u et o rit a t is sollic it u dinis a t qu e correc t io nis is t o t o , nor he give it up whilst he listens that f d o which he is the representative . The irection ab out standing sh o ws ho w watchful we o ught ever to b e the eagerness with which we o ught t o execute ,

D o se t fo the ivine c mmands as rth in the gospel , the ardo ur with which we sh o uld b e ﬁlled to ﬁght the

o f o u r t o f d enemy souls , de en the gospel teaching with o u r who le strength even t o the shedding o f , o u r b d loo . These dispositions manifest them selves in the wo rds which the Church puts into the m o uths o f her hearers

o f is o o d when the singing the gospel ver these w r s , it

o t o is true var to a certain extent s me , according , y

A me f o e s the season , answer n in its ull signiﬁcati n y , , 1 7 4 The L ec t io na ry that Go d may make u s persevere in the faith o f the

D eo ra t ia s b e Go d fo r so gospel or else g , thanks to holy and salutary a doctrine some even add B ene dict u s u i venit in no mine D o mini q , answering the Divine teaching by the very cries that greeted Jesus

- da on His triumphal entry into Jerusalem . To y we

s a : La u s t ibi Chris t e Simply y , thus renewing the sentiments already expressed at the beginning .

Ordo R oma nu s A In agreement with the , lcuin says that the faithful made the Sign o f the Cross again b ecause the teaching o f salvati o n was in some way sealed within their souls and persevered against the

o f d f attempts the evil to take it rom them . The custo m also existed o f presenting the text t o be

o b kissed not nly y the bishop but by all the clergy,

o w a s d n o r and this cust m exten ed to all those assisti g , at least t o tho se o f higher dignity but the Sovereign

t ff o Pon i s have not sanctioned this extensi n . The actual discipline now is fo r the priest to kiss

P er eva n elica dict a delea nt u r nos t ra the book , saying g delic t a ; if he celebrates b efore the bishop o f the d o r d o r no t do iocese a car inal papal legate, he does

o ff d d this , but the text is then ere to the ignitary to

s f o C . kiss , to thu better emphasise the unity hrist Much more might b e said o n the usage o f reading

b o a nd o n pu licly the g spel text outside the Mass , the f graces , avours , sometimes extraordinary, with which

G o d o d o f f f has rewarded the c nﬁ ence aith ul , but it is

d b s o f beyon our su ject now. Catalani devote a third

1 7 6 The L ect iona ry

o f R - e abbey St . iquier , and to day in the Biblioth que

a t io na le N . In the ninth century, the ﬁrst pages were o ften o f a purple colour ; this kind o f adornment does not se em to have lasted beyond the tenth

E o f Lie u t o ld o f century , the vangelary being one the f f rare exceptions ound in the twel th . To this kind o f richness may be added also the custom o f inscribing certain particular pages in gold a nd : fo r E o f C silver instance , the vangelary harles de R ohan - Soubise was written with the title and

d O E va n e la rie s o rubrics in gol . ther g , with nly certain

o o o f pages in col ur, are written through ut in letters f d : E o . e s C gold such is the vangelary St Martin hamps ,

o f A o in the Library the rsenal at Paris , and thers .

o The greater number h wever, have the ﬁrst pages , in great and small initials lettered in gold o r set in golden setting this magniﬁcence attained it s highest

d C o d o ne d point uring the arlovingian peri , and oes

a n not come across it y more , except in rare cases , f during the eleventh , twel th , and thirteenth centuries . The fourteenth century brings in again the custom to

is f d ornament certain letters , and this ollowe during d the ﬁftee nth and sixteenth centuries . The esign and co louring were employed bo th to embellish as well as to put reality into the liturgical books ; the calligraphers paid particular attention to the o rna d m n o f o f . e tation the initials the texts Besi es , it

: Le c o de prese rves the symbolic language M . y la

i 1 M a nu scrit s et M in a t u res . 2 0 Marche ( , p ) calls this The Decora t ion of t he E va ngela ries 1 7 7

’ ha se hiera t i u e t o f period the p q , distinguish it rom the

o d ha se na t u ra lis t e later peri , p , where the artist

o d c pie nature . I n the beginning o f the seventh century the M issa le

Fra nco ru m M issa le Got hic u m a nd S a c ra ment , the , the a ria m Ga llica nu m o f , at the beginnings certain pre faces or pra ers have some letters very slightly y , ornamented with ﬂo wers a nd b irds ; the E vangelary o f the Cotto n Library also shows this intention o f o rnamenting the initials amo ng the Anglo - Saxon

o n d calligraphers . But ere long e ﬁn s them putting their whole art into the embellishment , o f the

f o f E principal letters o ten , at the head an vangelary , the ﬁrst letter extends over two - thirds o f the upper

o f o u t part the page, breaking into ﬁligree work at the botto m ; then come the o ther letters which com

o o p se the w rd or phrase, each vying with the other d d in richness and ornamentation ; sometimes , in ee , the prol o ngation o f the initial letter extends along the lower margin and is carried up the right Side to fo o f rm a sort setting .

To f o enliven and put li e int these initial letters ,

o f the idea came in representing buildings , people ,

E va n e la rie s and even whole scenes . In the g , we be C o o f E u se gin with the an ns usebius , which were in in associati o n with the sacred text (these canons are

o o f o ﬁnd a s rt conc rdance , which allows us to , at a

d o f C glance , the oings and parables hrist met with E c P . G . in the vangelists ; f . Migne , tom 1 2 1 7 8 The L ec t iona ry

The necessity o f arranging the syno ptic tableaux in several co lumns gave birth t o the design o f a portico with arcades and columns in the deco rati o n o f which

’ the Skill o f the artist displa ye d it se lf the canons

sometimes extend over twenty or twenty- ﬁve pages

d o with various ornamente settings . The m st remark

E va n e la rie s o f able g this kind , in the ninth century, are

o f Mé da rd o f o o f C o f those St . Soiss ns , the hurch

o f o d Mans , Hautvillers . This cust m disappeare

b t o when it ecame the practice only put , in the

E va n ela ries d g , just the passages which were rea at the Mass nevertheless the calligraphers o f the twelfth century wishing t o transcrib e an E vangelary acco rdi ng t o the ﬁrst form b rought back the o ld style o f the canons ; this was what the m o nk Lie u t o ld did in f r V the beauti ul manusc ipt in the Library at ienna . To this kind o f o rnamentation we ma y apply the

o o f f s c mpositions architecture , a terward the vignettes o d se e o n f the Carlovingian perio . We a specimen

f E o f the ﬁrst page o St . Mark in the vangelary F C a u c het e . laude , in the Biblioth que Nationale

d b fo In the thirteenth century, and indee e re , the

b b e design , which had up to now been sym olical , came realistic ; the illuminato rs and miniat u rists no

o f o l nger contented themselves with oliage, ﬂ wers , and fruits as a bordering ; they depicted hi s toric a l

d d r o b a nd subjects , repro uce pe s nages made ta leaux ,

ed o f s o E o f . scenes . In the vangelary St M ard Sois ns , already spoken o f as ninth centur on the ﬁrst page y,

1 80 The L ec t iona ry

D t f a nd o n o . Mon aucon , which shows , a groundw rk o f go ld the fo ur E vangelists in a remarkab le design , fo r the eleventh century the E vangelar given by , y

o A o the C untess Mathilda to the bbey f St . Benedict at Mantua from whence it passed to the Vatican fo r ,

f E va n e la rie s o f the twel th century , two Greek g the

V E o f Lie u t o ld fo r atican , the vangelary the monk ;

E o f the thirteenth century , the vangelary St . Martial o f o f t w o f Limoges , which subjects , the Magi be ore Herod and the Flight into E gypt rival the best work , o f fo r f E the time the ourteenth century , the vange

o f o o f O lary J hn ppau in German . Lastly , the

f o fo r ﬁ teenth century is the g lden age the illuminator, but the ornamentati o n p a sses f fro m the E va nge la rie s le na riu ms e s a nd f to the p , the br viarie , a ter that time 1 o o l we can ccupy urse ves no longer with them .

b d o f The in ing the manuscripts is also magniﬁcent , and we must distinguish three classes t o give a ny idea o f o rnaments : the pla ues o f chased ivory the q ,

o f o o r plates g ld silver , the precious stones . The emplo yment o f ivo ry tablets seems to be derived from the ancient c o nsular diptychs (under this name are designated the plaques o f ivory o n which was

1 To ga in a ny ide a o f t he ma rve ls tha t p a inting p ut into t h e ma nu s i s du in t he M idd e A e s o ne o u t o o nsu cr pt r g l g , ght c lt ’ ’ ’ a i M ela n es d . e A rc heo lo i e a i e s i a ea e d in P C h r, g g , rt cl wh ch pp r ’ vo l . viii. o f A nna les de P hilo so hi e chret i enne a f e a ds u t x p , t rw r p ’ in o ne vo u me a nd s M m B d i a i n a o . le C o e de a s a s ub o l l t t r p l c t , pa inting o f t he ma nu scripts fro m t he e ighth t o t he s ixtee nth ce ntu ry. The Decora t ion of t he E va ngela ries 1 8 1 engraved in relief the personage o f the dignity o f

o f fﬁ b consul , with the insignia his o ce etween these plaques could be inserted so me memoirs or works o f

C a o d d o f other writers) . The hurch d pte these kin s

fo r fo r binding the liturgical service , in particular the E va nge la rie s which were exp o sed on the altar ; Christian art was addicted t o designing scenes and

o n Christian symbols these ivories . We can call to

o mem ry, in the ninth century , the ivory which adorned one o f the sides o f the E vangelary o f Lorch

V o b E at the atican , th se which ound the vangelary

o f e No . 99 the Biblioth que Nationale ; in the tenth

o f E o f E t e rna c h century the ivories the vangelar , , y p o ne o f which is met with at Paris (Museum o f the

HOt e l C e luny) in the eleventh century, the c lebrated

o f E o f To covering the vangelary Besancon . ﬁx the

o o ne t o u se iv ry plaques , needed a more solid metal like go ld or silver ; b u t ere l o ng the piety o f o u r fathers made complete bindings o f these precious

o o metals . In this categ ry ought , to be menti ned the

E o f Ul hila s Codex a r ent eu s Gothic vangelary p , called g , b o f d E va n ela rie s o f Méda rd ecause its bin ing ; the g St .

f E mme ra n o f R o f o o . S issons and St atisbon , already many times menti o ned ; the E vangelary o f

E o f V E d o f St . usebius ercelli the vangelary , calle

f o C . St . Louis , rom the H ly hapel Sometimes the bindings were fo rmed o f one plaque o f gold and o ne o f Silver ; they were called by the special name o f

o r Tex t u s dimidiu s . Codex Lastly, they inset precious 1 8 2 The L ec t iona ry

o o f b o stones in the c vers these oks . It is with ” Abb R de Divinis eiis reason , sa s the ot u ert O y p ( ﬁ , “

. b . o f bk ii ch . that the ooks the Gospel are

o fo r dec rated with gold , silver, and precious stones ,

is o d o o f in them c ntaine the g ld heavenly wisdom , in them glistens the silver o f an eloquence founded o n f fo o f aith , in them shine rth the precious stones

o f o f miracles , those wonders worked by the hand

C b o o hrist, th se hands which acc rding to the y , 1 ‘ o o f D C d w rds the ivine anticle , are turne , and as

’ o f o d f o f o i g l ull hyacinths . To these m t ves let us add the custo m o f laying the bo ok o f the G o spels o n o f o o n o the altar, placing it at C uncils a thr ne in

o f o o f the midst the assembly r om , carrying it solemnly in pro cession o f giving it to the clergy , to kiss . Somet imes they even went so fa r as to set some preci o us relics in the binding itself as Desiderius o f M o nte Cassino inset a piece o f the True Cro ss and a E small piece o f the clothing o f St . John the vangelist in an E vangelary on which he had lavished the richest ornamentation .

1 Ca n i e o f a n ic es . 1 . t cl C t l , v 4

1 8 4 The L ect iona ry

o time nly the Missals were in use, wherein was put everything needed fo r the lections o f the Holy S ff acriﬁce . This change did not make the di erences

o d in the lecti ns isappear ; and , as the divergences

Co o f each day became accentuated , the uncil Trent put an end to it by setting up unifo rmity fo r the

r V a c Missal as fo the Breviary . Pope St . Pius . co mplished this design b y the publication o f the new

R d fo r o oman Missal , which wasma e obligatory the wh le

o f u o rimu m Church . In the bull promulgation , Q p t em ore o p , he declares that a commission app inted b o f y him has acc mplished this work , a ter having diligently co mpared the manuscripts o f the Vatican

a nd t o Library with others , that he has attempted resto re to its primitive purity the rule o f the

F A s f athers . a act , in what concerns the reading — o f the epistles as well as the gospel and o f this pro of h a s been given during the course o f these studies the R oman Missal is in agreement with the general ensemble o f the documents s o me particular practices were modiﬁed ; churches which had not a special

o f f o o approval the Holy See in their av ur, or a cust m o f o f more than two hundred years existence , were ordered t o ado pt the R oman Missal Let us rapidly run over this precious monument

o u r to liturgy, to which , during three hundred years ,

o some m diﬁcations in detail have been added .

d o f Penetrate with the thought St . Paul that whats o ever things ever written were writte n fo r S u rv ey of t he L ec t ions of t he Missa l 1 8 5 o u r o a nd o f learning , that we thr ugh patience c m ort ” o f the scriptures might have hope (R o m. xv . the Ch u rch ch o se her lecti o ns with the e nd o f teaching a nd e diﬁc a t io n she ha s d d o o , istribute them thr ugh ut

a fa r o b the liturgic l year, giving, as as p ssi le, the

b t o passage most suita le each mystery, either in the

s o r o r o literal ense , the spiritual , the acc mmodated when she sees a m o tive o f piety there . She is

o d m re attached to the New Testament , consi ering th a t it is full o f allusi o ns t o the facts o f sacred histo ry and to the M o saic Law ; b u t she has left a large enough place fo r the pro phecies wherein one ﬁnds described the evoluti o n o f the Incarnati o n a nd the R edempti o n ; she has also taken part o f the

s o E Sapiential Book Wisdom , Pr verbs cclesiastes , ( , to bring befo re us the merits and the gl o ry o f V the Holy irgin and the saints . f Thus , the whole liturgical year relates to the li e o f o u r D ff ivine Saviour (the hidden , su ering , and

f t o f C glorious li e) , and the li e that the hristian ought t o o n o t o lead earth acc rding His example , in con fo rmity with the teachings o f the Church established b y Him .

1 f o f . The hidden li e Jesus has its preparation in

o o f o it s the peri d expectati n , commencement in the acco mplishment o f t he Incarnati o n its development , in the years passed at Naz areth . That is all se t

fo o f A C be re us during the seasons dvent , hristmas , a nd E piphany . 1 8 6 Th e L ect iona ry

(A ) During Advent the epistle at the Mass is

f . taken rom St Paul , and dealing with the motives o f the awakening o f the soul at the approach o f

o f R o m fo r Jesus , the Light the world ( . xiii . the ﬁrst Sunday) ; on the reunio n o f Jews and Gentiles in one family to receive the beneﬁts o f the R e demption : this reunion had been preached by the

o R o m fo r o o n pr phet Isaias ( . xv . the sec nd Sunday) t he happy eff ect that the thought o f the co ming o f o t o fo r the Saviour ught produce in us (Philip . iv . the third Sunday) ; o n the dignity o f the Christian priesthood the sco pe o f which is enlarged b the , y o o f 1 o r fo r o C . f rdinati n hristmas ( C iv. the ourth

Sunday) .

Christ ma s — o f C (B) This is the birth Jesus hrist ,

so n o f D : the avid , according to the ﬂesh the

A R o m postle St . Paul tells us how we should hail it ( .

1 C E ve C i . , hristmas ) ; he shows us Jesus hrist , in

His f f cradle , as personi ying the puri ying and redeem

o f ing grace (Titus ii . , Mass Midnight) tells us what ought to be o u r duties and o u r hope (Titus iii Mass o f the Aurora) ; brings be fore us at the same time

o f that this Jesus, in spite His humiliations , is to be

S o n o f F saluted as the God , equal to His ather, King

i o f o f . . D a eternal angels and men (Heb , Mass the y) .

d e His Wrapped in swad ling cloth s , in humanity , Jesus nevertheless remains impassible and immortal in His divinity this is the teaching also o f St J o hn

o f o A nd in the beginning his g spel , when he says

1 8 8 The L ect iona ry

o f R o m f the other precepts the Law ( . xiii . , ourth Sun da y after E piphany) ; all the other virtues are b ound up

o o f rfe C i e t o n C . v . in charity , which is the b nd p ( oloss ,

f d f E D o ﬁ th Sun ay a ter piphany) . ing this , they will happily partake o f the fruits that the preaching o f

d 1 i. the gospel Should pro uce in them ( Thess . , sixth

Sunday after E piphany) . Thus the Christian belief o t o f f ught correspond with belie in the In ant Jesus .

2 ff f o f . The su ering li e Jesus has its preparation in

o f His n the work preachi g, the privations to which He subjected Himself it has its end in the sacriﬁce o f the Cro ss : that is represented to us in the seasons o f

Septuagesima, Lent , and Passiontide .

a i — (A) S ep t u ges ma . The Church often epito mi z es

o C z the preceding peri d , to make the hristian reali e

f o n b e that his li e earth cannot without works , wrest

o . O n lings , nor with ut trials Septuagesima Sunday

she . l : f is o ne says to us with St Pau Li e a combat , ought to march o n t o the co nquest o f an incorruptible

t o o r 1 C . crown , and work with this view ( . ix and

n she A O Sexagesima , presents to us in the Great postle a model o f the suff erings a nd wrestlings by which the f 2 o Co r. s ul strengthens itsel in virtue ( xi . and

n u s f O Quinquagesima , She tells what ought to vivi y our works , namely charity , that virtue without which

1 o r . we can do nothing ( C . xiii )

L ent . (B) This holy season , consecrated by f f penance, can also call to mind to the aith ul the public life o f the Savi o ur and the years that He c o n S u rvey of t he L ect ions of t he Missa l 1 89

o f o B se c ra t e d to the preaching His d ctrine . y His

b d fo r example as well as y His wor s , He never an instant ceased t o excite us t o penance : during the

d o f o f o Sun ays this part the liturgical year, the lecti n f o A : r m the postle St . Paul will recall us to this subject m o re than any o ther time o ne sho uld respond t o grace b f o f o a nd mo rt iﬁc a t io n fo r y a li e ren uncement , these

o ff d o r are the days o f salvation which are ere us ( 2 C . d l vi . , ﬁrst Sun ay) God wills above all that we Shou d apply ourselves t o the wo rk o f our sa nc t iﬁc a t io n by the

o o f sin I d d suppressi n ( Thess . iv. , secon Sun ay) there is no more anything in co mmon b et ween u s and the unfaithful who ha ve e ff aced from their s o ul all traces o f the D ivine likeness let us walk as children o f light

o o f o u r who in the l ve Saviour Jesus , hath ﬁrst d E d d v . C love us ( phes . , thir Sun ay) Jesus hrist b t o b a nd o o f rings us true li erty , with it the pr mise

o a nd f o j y happiness (Gal . iv . , ourth Sunday) ; als is He the High Priest a nd Mediato r b etween Go d a nd

o t o re - o b man , who ught establish the c venant y the

o f . ix o d . shedding His Bloo (Heb , Passi n Sunday) a nd ff b d- w ho o t o His su erings as a on slave , , g ing the

o f C o f d d death the ross in the practice obe ience , merite fo r o f o us the possession gl ry , at the same time that they serve as our example in the pilgrimage o f this f d . . . b present li e (Phil ii , Palm Sun ay) But side y side with this Apo stolic do ctrine the Church in the , course o f each week a nd during all the days o f Lent makes us read whatever is most strict and urgent I 90 The L ect iona ry o n penance in the writings o f the pro phets : t he

o f . Ash austere invitations the prophet Joel , ch ii . ( Wednesday) ; the counsels that God gave to King

E z f t o o fo f o f echias , a terwards the pe ple rget ul true

o f penance by the mouth the prophet Isaias , ch . xxxviii . and lviii . (the three days preceding ﬁrst

Go d d Sunday in Lent) . as a goo shepherd deigns to visit us (E ze c h . work to overcome every

u s f thing which separates rom Him (Isaias lv .) (ﬁrst to the second Sunday) -let us fo r the m o ment omit the special lections o f the Quatuor Tempo ra ; - Daniel

f Go d d Da n addressing himsel to in his istress ( . the widow o f Sarepta having recourse t o the prophet E lias

E fo r o ( 3 Kings xvii . sther praying to God her pe ple (E sther the sons o f Jacob imploring the mercy

o f o f their brother Joseph (Gen . Jac b pre erred to his elder brother in the distrib ution o f the Divine — ' o f blessings (Gen . these are some the examples which Speak to sinners o f their attitude

f Go d o be ore (sec nd to the third Sunday) . Like Naaman they are covered with lepro sy (4 Kings like the poor widow they have not the means where d with to pay their ebts (4 Kings iv. ) that they may

G o d f have recourse to . God Himsel dictates the c o n dit io ns o f t o E d pardon in calling them His law ( xo .

. b u t f e r m e . xx ) be ore all we must do penance (J . vii )

a n o t o Go d did and guard against y pposition , as Israel o d nce in the wil erness (Num . like the chaste ’ Susanna we should only be in expectation o f God s

1 9 2 The L ec t iona ry

and Jeremias (xi . ) have described ; working the cure nd d f O . a o d oretold by sea (vi ) shed ing His blo which , ,

o f ff better than that the Pascal lamb, will e ect the E d deliverance o f His people ( xo . We have already seen that the lections o f H o ly

fo r Saturday have a special character, having their primary end the instruction o f the catechumens the R oman Church has preserved them t o teach the faithful that the R esurrecti o n o f Jesus Christ is fo r

o f ne w f a them a new baptism , the beginning a li e . ,

The Glo riou s L e o esu s E a s t er a nd 3. if f j

i e — T m . With the practical lesson that St . Paul deduces

1 o r o o f from this mystery ( C . throughout the wh le this season the Church sets before the eyes o f the f f o f A f aith ul the preaching the postles , all ounded on f R A o x . the great wonder the esurrection ( cts . , xiii ,

o f f o f A o iii . , viii . the teaching the chie the p stles

o o f a nd concerning Jesus , the Savi ur His people the

- o f d 1 corner stone the new e iﬁce ( Pet . ii . and

f o o O ne . must there ore, acc rding to St J hn , believe

o f 1 o in the divinity Jesus (Low Sunday , J hn D uring the Sundays which follow up to the

A o C t o d w scensi n , the hurch wishes us ra some salutary

f o E o f doctrine r m the Catholic pistles St . Peter and

o f St . James , the practice which will make us live the life o f Jesus risen b u t especially d o es she direct u s t o

o n f o f the teachings the necessity and e ﬁcacy prayer .

O n A D a f b o o f scension y , She takes rom the o k the Acts the last counsels o f Jesus and the account o f S u rvey of t he L ect ions of t he Missa l 1 9 3

His ascensi o n into heaven she wishes lastly that we should practise watchfulness and recollection in the

f f o f 1 fo r aith ulness the Holy Spirit ( Pet . iv . ) the

Sunday within the octave . A t Pentecost and during the octave, we meditate o n the accomplishment o f the mystery as it is describe d

A o n ff in cts ii . , we are invited to look the happy e ects o f the gloriﬁcation o f Jesus ; the transformation o f the Apostles and the foundation o f the Church as the

o o o f A x pr phet J el had t ld be orehand . See cts . ( ,

viii. ii . , )

L i e o t he Chris t ia n rom t he Fou nda t ion o t he 4 . f f f f — Chu rch t ill t he E nd of Time It is represented to us by the time which follows Pentecost : the lections particularly insist o n the practice o f the virtues which are the o utcome o f the foregoing mysteries ; the A Catholic E pistles and the postle St . Paul in the

o f f moral part his letters urnish the matter. Thus ,

d o fo r says the isciple wh m Jesus loved , in return the

G o d o n love that has bestowed us , we must answer

o o f o u r 1 . I st d with the l ve brethren ( John iv , Sun ay) , a nd even la y down our lives fo r them (Item iii 2 nd

Sunday) . We must abide in humility and watchful d d ff 1 V. r . o f ness ( Pet . , 3 Sun ay) Su erings this time

no t t o be o d o R o m are c mpare to the gl ry to come ( .

h fo t . r viii . , 4 Sunday) We must return good evil

1 t h Fo r f ( Pet . iii . , s Sunday) . the ollowing Sundays , f St . Paul alone urnishes the practical lessons that the

R o fo r m . C e . hurch successiv ly takes her epistles vi , 1 3 1 94 The L ec t iona ry

6 R o m t he f . . that sin ul man die in us , th Sunday vi ,

o u r f o f sin f o f t h that li e may become a li e holiness , 7

l f u r 8t h R o m. . e t o Sunday ; viii , us morti y ﬂesh ,

k o . a s f 1 Co r. x Sunday , let us not God the impossible, f h 1 o r . t C . 9 Sunday xii , because the various gi ts have Go d fo r their author and work fo r the good o f the

1 o o f l h o r . Church o t Sunday C . xv the resurrecti n , ,

C o f o u r o 1 Jesus hrist the guarantee resurrecti n , l th

2 Co r o f A Sunday ; . iii ., authority the postolic ministry

1 2 t h o f under the New Law , Sunday ; Galat . iii rule f o f 1 d aith in the economy salvation , 3th Sun ay ; S v. Galat . , the ﬂesh and the pirit war against each

1 o ne other , 4th Sunday ; Galat . v . and vi . , should

1 E . practise mutual charity, 5 th Sunday ; phes . iii ,

f o f that God strengthen us in the aith , immensity the

o f 1 6 E . C . love Jesus hrist , th Sunday phes iv , let us

f o u r t abide united in aith , living according to voca ion ,

1 B — us . t o 7 th Sunday N . . Let notice here a return

’

1 Co r. fo r f i thanks God s gi ts to His creature ,

f o o f Sunday ollowing Quatu r Tempora September,

1 8 nd E . a th Sunday ; phes . iv , we must imitate God

C t o l t h E Jesus hrist acquire sanctity , g Sunday ; phes . ff 2 0t h E v di erent virtues to practise, Sunday phes .

f o f C vi . , spiritual war are the hristian against the

’

2 1 st d i . o devil , Sun ay ; Philip . . , St Paul s expressi n o f ff fo r C 2 2 nd a ection the hristians , Sunday ; Philip . f iii . and iv. , to always go orward clinging to Jesus

i o o f d . e C 2 r C . hrist , 3 Sunday oloss , p rson and w rk

C e 2 t h . Jesus hrist His ben ﬁts , 4 Sunday

1 96 The L ec t iona ry

fo r o f o the Lord , they are above all the work the H ly

R o m o u r . Spirit in souls ( In September, the teachings o f the prophets are relative to the relief o f

A o f Israel ( mos ix . to the promises salvation made f to them if they would turn rom their sins (O sea xiv . ) the re is also recalled what took place in the seventh

ld 2 E sd f month under the O Law ( . easts celebrated in tents (Levit . prayer fo r the

o f salvation the people (Micheas vii .) and ﬁnally

o f Z the details the captivity ( ach . St . Paul

o f Old gives us a description the Tabernacle , with applications to the work o f the ﬁnest o f the New f ix . Fo r o o Law (Heb . ) each the Quatu r Tempora o f R f the year, the oman Missal gives as the ﬁ th lesson o f the Saturday the deliverance o f Daniel

B enedict u s e ine s D om . (ch . and the canticle — 6 Co mmon o S a int s It is f . f rom the Sapiential Books that the Church draws her most characteristic expressions fo r the eulogy o f the saints ; she takes an encomi u m o f a general character like that o f the

t o f strong woman (Prov . to apply it the emale

o f w ho saints , or like that attitude the wise man

Go d t o o f o o has his eyes ﬁxed on , speak d ct rs

E o ne ( ccles . or the disinterestedness that enjoys in the confesso rs who were not bishops ; by

o f o and by it is the panegyric some ne in particular, like

A A she braham , Moses , aron , Joseph , that applies to — o E . o r f . x . x lv her martyrs con ess rs (Wis ; ccl xliv . . ) at

t o she other times , celebrate the martyrs , shows the S u rvey of t he L ect ions of t he Missa l 1 9 7

rewards they have received fo r their sufferings (Wis .

. fo r o o o f s f iii and v. the C mm n Martyr ) a terwards

E R r . m o . . o f . o . C . the pistles St Paul ( , i . and ii , Tim i

a nd . He b . f t o ii ) are put orth Show us , in the saints , the true wise men whose su ff erings are but little in

f o f o the ace the immense gl ry , the true priests who have C borrowed their priesthood in imitating Jesus hrist ,

fs o ne the High Priest , the chie and guides that should f o a nd oll w in all docility submission .

F o f o f inally, some passages St . Peter and St .

ho w o t o o f James tell us , acc rding the example the

t o o u r saints , we ought patiently bear part in all the

ff o f t o o o r su erings Jesus give us c urage , a passage two fro m the Apocalypse lets in a gleam o f that gl o ry

e e o f no t o which the y man hath seen . In this scho l , the Christian reali z es that he o ught to I mIt a t e the saints ; he is enco uraged t o acco mplish it by the thought that tho se who have gone before him have had the same nature and the same weaknesses Qu id i n u st i et ist mc u r on e o A . g (St . gustine)

2 TH E E VAN . C ELAR I ES The manner in which the lections were distributed throughout the liturgical year is not less instructive

E va n ela rie s in the g than in the Lectionaries , in — regard t o the tho ught o u t plan which the Western liturgies fo ll o wed and which the actual Roman Missal reproduces . The E a st e rns read each o f the fo ur Gospel histories 1 9 8 The L ec t iona ry in turn ; they ﬁnished reading the ﬁrst befo re they

o n t o f passed the second . The Latins have pre erred

f o o ne o r O o f f taking the passage , r m ther the our

o s t o G spels , which is be t suited the mystery then being celebrated . Thus the liturgical year puts

f f o f o n be ore us the li e Jesus earth ; then , how the

C o D f hristian sh uld copy the ivine li e . It may be

o : C E divided int three c cles hristmas aster , and y ,

Pentecost . The ﬁrst t w o represent and recall to us

o f R the mysteries the Incarnation and the edemption , and are chosen according to the feast which is the central point ; the last describes what the fruit o f these mysteries o ught t o be in the Church and each o f f f f f the aith ul , and takes its name rom the east

is o o Af which the p int f departure . ter a summary

o f o f o review each these three divisi ns , we will add

o t he Commo n o S a int s o n t he some reﬂecti ns on f , and

Gos el lect ions o r t he eria s o L ent o n u a t u or p f f f , and the Q

ora .

1 C cle o hr s ma — It . y f C i t s comprises twelve Sun

o f f fo f days , which our come be re, and eight a ter the f fo east . The ur Sundays o f A dvent are a preparation fo r the Christian to celebrate the anniversary o f the birth o f Jesus at Bethlehem : the liturgy ﬁrst puts f o f orward the last judgement, as it did at the end

2 the preceding year (St . Luke xxi . 5 it is the

o f signal the awaking t o the ﬁrst Sunday . Passing

o t o to the testimony borne by St . J hn Baptist Jesus , it afﬁrms the divinity o f the Child w ho is born (2 nd

2 00 The L ect iona ry instruct men (Sunday within the octave o f the

E . 2 piphany , St . Luke ii 4 In the Sundays which follow we S ee the beginning o f His public life : the marriage and miracle o f Cana

2 nd . 1 o f t h ( Sunday , St John iii . cleansing

’ leper and the healing o f the centurion s servant (3rd

1 t h Sunday , St Matt . viii . tempest stilled (4

2 —2 8 o f o . . . parable the c ckle Sunday , St Matt viii 3 ) f t h . . . 2 o (5 Sunday , St Matt xiii 4 parables the

- o o f mustard seed , the leaven , and the c nclusion the

6 h . M 1 parables ( t Sunday St att . xiii . 3 The , variability o f the date o f E aster causes the latter o f these Sundays to be carried over to the end o f Pentecost hence we must not be astonished that the liturgy give s here a sketch o f the miracles o f Jesus and His teaching by parables . — le o E a s t er. 2 . Cy c f This period includes Sixteen

o f f E fo r Sundays , nine which come be ore aster , one f f the east and six a ter. In this cycle we have the , , preludes t o the life o f penance to enco urage us to fo C llow Jesus , the hristian learns there the conditions o f labour in the vineyard o f the heavenly Father

. 1 o f o (Septuagesima, St. Matt . xx the go d seed

f f . which was made ruit ul (St Luke viii . 4 After wards Jesus shows u s befo rehand that the Cross is

o f f o n a nd the end His li e earth , that doctrine , under

o f d s stood truly, will heal the sinner his i ease

1 (Quinquagesima, St . Luke xviii . 3 He gives us an example o f penance and o f resisting temptati o n S u rvey of t he L ec t io ns of t he Missa l 2 0 1

1 o (Quadragesima , St . Matt . iv . He sh ws at His t ra nsﬁgu ra t io n that the gl o ry o f His divinity will no t hinder His sacred humanity enduring the mo st

f . . o 2 nd o . cruel t rments ( Sunday Lent , St Matt xvii 1 in the cure o f the dem o niac He tells us that , the sacriﬁces made fo r o u r salvati o n will not prevent the danger and the evil o f relapse (3rd Sunday o f f . 1 o o Lent , St . Luke xi 7 in the multiplicati n b read He teaches u s that if He co nsents t o be broken fo ro u r fo d ma o , it is that He y ﬁnally reign within

f o u r f t h d o f us a ter having puriﬁed aith (4 Sun ay Lent ,

. 1 o h o f s St John vi . The appr aching deat Je us fo o o ho w d o f ret ld , the G spels tell the hatre His

fo f o enemies will break rth , alse accusations (Passi n

8 ff a nd Sunday, St . John viii . 4 The su erings death o f the S o n o f Go d are to ld befo rehand (Palm d . a n o n Sunday , St. Matt xxvi . Nevertheless ,

o o f this same Palm Sunday , the acc unt the triumphal entry into Jerusalem recalls ho w the peo ple pro claimed the divinity o f the victim who w a s t o b e

o d o d s 1 —1 imm late s me ay later (St . Matt . xxi .

E a st er — z o f o . This is the reali ation the triumph ver death which He had foreto ld it is full o f promises fo r A the postles . All E D aster week , the liturgy recalls the ivine promises by putting the several appearances o f Jesus

f u s be ore . The appearance o n the eighth da y brings peace a nd a pro mise o f Divine po wers to the Apo stles

o 1 (Quasimodo Sunday , St . J hn xx . 9 But it is 2 0 2 The L ect iona ry to prepare the Apostles fo r the separati o n : Jesus tells them He is their Shepherd and m o del (2 nd

f E sa d . 1 1 Sunday a ter aster, St . John x The ness at His departure will , however, produce some f f f E rd . . joy ul ruits (3 Sunday a ter aster, St John xvi — 1 6 2 2 ) a heavenly consoler will co me to render their A f f f t h E . postolate ruit ul (4 Sunday a ter aster , St John xvi . 5 they are to pray that all the promises ma R ma y be accomplished , and that the edemption y ff h f E be truly e ectual ( st Sunday a ter aster St . ,

o 2 J hn xvi . 5 The glori o us departure o f Jesus takes place

A D o a . . 1 ( scension y , St Mark xv 4 persecuti ns

fo fo r A and trials retold the postles , but the promise o f Jesus will ab ide (Sunday within the o ctave o f

- A o o . 2 6 . o o scensi n , St . J hn xv xvi In c nclusi n ,

’ all these passages o f Jesus discourse after the Last Supper are admirably suited t o the period extending

f o f E fro m the east aster to Pentecost .

— is le o P ent ecost . . C c 3 y f This cycle , which as long

o - ﬁve as the thers together, normally has twenty f f Sundays , counting the day itsel it ﬁnds itsel even increased from the end o f the cycle o f Christmas when

E t o f o aster happens all early . Thr ughout all this

o o f f o f o seas n the year, the ruits the Incarnati n and Redemption are shown in the life o f the Church a nd

f . the Christian . These ruits are many and various It is ﬁrst the descent o f the H o ly Spirit which effects

o fo o a marvell us trans rmation , a peace which pr duces

2 04 The L ec t iona ry the inﬁrmit ie s from which G o d has delivered them 1 t h 1 . 1 ( Sunday, St Mark vii . 3 that they are to imitate the goo d Samaritan in t he alleviati o n o f

’ 1 2 t h — . 2 another s miseries ( Sunday , St Luke x . 5 37 )

o f f 1 t h to live in the practice thank ulness ( 3 Sunday, — . 1 1 1 St . Luke xvii 9) in ﬁdelity in the service o f the

1 t h only true Master, and trusting in His help ( 4

. . 2 Sunday, St Matt . vi 3 The Church has its troubles in the accomplishment o f its mission ; nothing consoles her more than the return o f her f t o 1 h . 1 1 t . children li e ( 5 Sunday , St Luke vii moreover when her children are sick , the are to be , y healed and sustained by the practice o f humility ( 1 6t h

. 1 t o Sunday , St. Luke xiv then strengthen them in the practice o f the great c o mmandment o f the Law which cannot be t o o frequently dwelt o n

1 h . . C a ( 7 t Sunda St Matt . xxii 34 The hristi n y , life is to be preserved by frequent reco urse t o the power which the Church po ssesses o f forgiving sins

- 1 8 t h . 1 8 o ( Sunday , St . Matt ix . ) by participati n in

o E 1 t h . . . the H ly ucharist ( 9 Sunday , St Matt xxii — 1 1 4) by the considerati o n o f the nearness o f death 6 2 0t h . . ( Sunday, St John iv 4 5 Lastly , the thought o f o u r last end will make the Christian ensure fo r himself a merciful sentence by being generous in the

f o f 2 l s t . . . orgiveness injuries ( Sunday , St Matt xviii — 2 3 3 careful to render to Go d and man that which

2 2 nd . . . 1 is due to them ( Sunday , St Matt xxii 5 eager t o receive the graces o f the univers al redemption S u rvey of t he L ec t ions of t he Missa l 2 0 5

. 8 2 rd d . 1 ( 3 Sun ay St Matt . ix Thus , he , prepares himself well fo r the last judgement after the

t o 2 t h d general resurrec i n ( 4 Sun ay , St . Mark xxiv.

I S- 37 )

L ec t ions o t he u a t u or Tem ara a nd o t he Feria s 4 . f Q p f — of Lent The Gospel passages fo r the Quatu o r Tempo ra o f Advent relate t o the mystery which is t o b fo fo r be cele rated the llowing week ; thus , the

d d A o We nes ay , we have the nnunciati n (St . Luke

fo r F d O f . 2 6 i the ri ay, the visit Mary to St .

E z . o f li abeth (St . Luke i 39 the lection the

fo r fo o Saturday is the same as the ll wing Sunday, a peculiarity which we again meet with in the Quatuo r

o o f In o Temp ra Lent . these Quatu r Tempo ra o f

t o f d f Len , the lection the Wednes ay puts be ore us the pro phet Jonas and the penitence o f the Nine vit e s

X II 8 o f F d St . Matt . . 3 that the ri a the eff ects ( y, o f puriﬁcation o f the penitent : they are represented b o f t he o f s d y the cure paralytic Beth ai a . In the

o o f o Quatu r Tempora Pentec st , the sinner is warned

t o G o d o o f fo r that the return is the w rk grace, none can go to the Father unless He draws him t o Himself

- d o . 2 2 o fo r . (lecti n We nesday , St J hn vi 4 5 ) the cure o f another paralytic tells us again that o u r pardon

fo r F d o n G o d o . depen s alone (lecti n riday , St Luke — 1 7 2 6) the same lesson is drawn fro m the healings

o o f d . reco unted in the lecti n Satur ay (St Luke iv . 38 Some speci a l lesso ns o f penitence are given

a o o f e on the Qu tu r Tempora September, wh re we 2 0 6 The L ect iona ry

o f ﬁnd a cure a demoniac (Wednesday , St . Mark

1 o f o ix . 6 the remembrance the an inting at Bethany already called to mem o ry on Thursday in

d . F . 6 Passion week ( ri ay , St Luke vii 3 lastly ,

o f ﬁ - t o the parable the g tree , which warns us not

’

o u t . wear the Saviour s patience (Saturday, St Luke 6 xiii . E ach feria o f Lent has its lecti o n fro m the Gospel it is the time when the Church makes her priests

o f a nd preach m re requently , it is ﬁtting that the

D ivine Word has a larger place in her liturgy. In the f ff ﬁrst place, the passages taken rom the di erent E vangelists recall the di ff erent wo rks o f mercy per f d b o f orme y the Saviour , the lessons penance given d to His disciples , the severe warnings ad ressed to the

o f s o f Pharisees , the announcement the Pa si n , the ears

fo r w ho o f the last judgement , its results those die in

lo t o f f f impenitence , like the rich man , the the un aith ul

d o f husbandmen , etc . In the secon part Lent , with

o f o e o r t w o o o . n excepti ns , we have the G spel St John which recounts the goodness o f Jesus towards , the Samaritan woman a nd the woman taken in

o o d b a nd adultery, t wards His c ntra ictors , the scri es Pharisees whom He wished t o co nvince o f His , Divinity and o f t he injustice o f their hatred o f Him the manifestatio ns o f the Divine power in Jesus fo r

o f d fo r the healing the one born blin , as well as the

’ raising t o life o f the wido w s so n a nd o f his friend

— a nd Laz arus lastly , the events which prepare put

2 0 8 The L ect iona ry

r f f . . ment which counts fo the uture li e (St Matt . xiii — 44 5 2 )

see Thus we that the Holy Liturgy , in the way in which it combines t he G o spel lections throughout

f fo r o the year , urnishes ample matter vari us medita

f f . tions , each equally ruit ul unto salvation CO NCLUSI O N

TH E last chapter does not appear at ﬁrst sight to ﬁt in very well with the fo regoing chapter or with the general scope o f the work it is well to tell the reader

e d with what end in View it has b en written . The i ea has been t o set o ut a synthetical essay from which the l o gical connection between the lectio ns o f t he Mass may be gathered : fo r they surely furnish

fo r o n If subjects meditation the liturgy . a priest ha s any desire at all t o gain beneﬁt from his daily b prayer, he will certainly be a le to gather some very instructive and fruitful considerations fo r the s a nc t iﬁ

o f cation his own soul . How many times have we l o nged to s a y to preachers o f pastoral retreats “ o f o o u sa Priests the h ly ministry , y y you do not

ho w know to make your morning meditation , that b o f o u o ks ail to give y what you want , that those which exist do not respond to what yo u wish

fo r o f o o . Take then as the subject y ur meditati ns

o y ur Bible , your Breviary , or your Missal ; put all

if o ne fo its parts together , then , may say so llow it , out line by line acco rding as the lection a nd personal 2 09 I 4 2 1 O The L ect iona ry

l f e . reﬂection sugg st Take your Missa , ollow out the development o f the liturgical year in the proper o f the season read the Bib le passages in the part

e t he C e wh re hurch has placed them , ask yours lves why they are pu t at such a period and not at another, what relation they bear to the mysteries

n o u that you celebrate , what personal applicatio s y can make to your own soul and condition . To give an answer to these questions on a given text

t o f f is put li e into it , to oster a great unction and devotion when you pronounce it in the celebration o f D o n o f the ivine sacriﬁce . Note down a Sheet paper the resu me o f your reﬂections what you do o ne

fo r e o f E f year the l ctions the pistles , do the ollowing

fo r year the Gospels , and compare the one with the other in order t o see the connection between them ;

f o u classi y them together , and y will have the best

o f fo r collection meditations that you can wish , because

o ne Y o u it will be a real and living . will under stand be tter then the profound sense o f this text o f

Vivus es t sermo D ei et icax et enet ra St . Paul , eﬁ , p i l d i t i omn a o a nc i . bilior g i p (Heb iv. Many o f the Christian souls among those who are conﬁded to you are capab le o f entering o n this road if you draw them o n they will then understand all that there is f to be learnt rom the Holy Liturgy , they will assist at

Holy Mass with greater interest and proﬁt . We shall be indeed happy if this work is able to stir

f f e up priests and aith ul , and to discov r to them the

2 I 2 The L ec t iona ry

o f u o rimu m t em ore p ublication the new Missal , Q p p “ Quare e ru dit is de le c t is vivis onus hoc ma nda ndu m du x imu s u i dili e nt e r Co lla t is , q quidem g omnibus

u st iss imis u ndi u e c o n u isit is e me nda t is ve t q q , , atque inc o rru t is c o dic ib u s ne c no n ve t e ru m c o nsu lt is p , ac

ro b a t o ru m sc ri t is u i o e o ru mde m p auctorum p , q de sacr

rit u u m o . o re li u e ru nt instituto m numenta N bis q , ad

rist ina m no rma m p Missale Sanctorum Patrum , ac

r s i u ru nt C rit u m e t t e . ertain lists given in the course

o f f if he this work will enable the reader to veri y it , does not want to compare them with the Gospel

s R o passage in the man Missal . Many resemblances exist between the Roman Missal and the Angli c an B ooh of Common P ray er

o f as regards lections . The author the article

“ ’ Lectio nary in Smith s D ic t io na ry of Christ ia n A nt iqu it ies observe s The Comes edited by Pa meliu s f E is in per ect agreement , as to the pistles and Gospels , with the R oman liturgical collecti o n ; an extract

f E ha s rom this latter, long known in ngland , been wisely preserved in all that is important by the ” o f - o f E VI compilers the two prayer books dward . A like statement is made by the German Pro testants ’ R D a s kirchliche P erico ens s t em o d anke s work , p y , sh ul f A o . C be read , to convince this gain , aspari , the author o f a more recent and no t less d o cumentary

“ ” ’ e z R ea len article , entitled Pericop , in Her og s

' c clo adie ha s o o n y p , s me characteristic phrases this “ subject ; we will quote some : No w that we are Conclu sion 2 I 3 examining the question o f the o rigin o f the pericopes o f C t o the ancient hurch , it is well remember

l that Luther kept the same le ct iffns fo r Sundays a nd f d b f R f east ays as e ore the e ormation . These lesso ns are the remains o f a Lectionary o f the Middle Age which still exists : thi s Lecti o nary had not the

f ma b same orm everywhere , as y be seen y the tables o f lections in use in the churches o f R o me a nd ” A Paris , but in its essential parts it is the same .

f o n f d little urther , a ter having allude to certain

o o Comes a b Albino emen d cuments , among thers the “ da t u s d ' o f , the same author a ds None these C documents is earlier than harlemagne, but they ma o o o f o A S y be repr ducti ns ancient Lecti naries . Pepin and Charles introduced the R o man liturgy

o k o t o d o u r int their ingd m , it ought be admitte that pericopes come from the R oman Lectio nary in u se

f O u r o be ore the Carlovingians . peric pes generally

t w o o o have lecti ns , epistle and g spel these likewise

fo d R o are un in the oman Mass . In c mparing the perico pes which are met with in the Sacramentary o f Luther with the passages o f the Comes A lbini and the

Ho mila r o f C y harlemagne , a great resemblance is

b fo r noticea le , except certain days and certain changes

ha d in the text . The ancient Lectionaries many

a nd his m o re lecti o ns than ours . Luther companions f ” t have only made lists fo r Sundays and easts . This co mmo n agreement a s t o the reading o f the same gospel passage in the services o f the faithful 2 1 4

some extent t o the return o f the Sheep strayed from

f b o u r o the o ne true old . Let us y prayers btain

z o f s o o the reali ation this return , dear to the Savi ur a nd Shepherd o f our souls A nd ot her sheep I ha ve

’ w hic h re no t o t his ola a nd t hem a lso I mu s t a f f , brin a nd t he s ha ll hea r M voic e a nd t here be g, y y ,

h h d o n old a nd o ne s e er . o e f p (St J hn x .

P I E P L I SHE BY HE H L I H S CI E Y R NT D AND UB D T CAT O C TRUT O T , 6 So u THWAR x I G E L E S . 9 BR D ROAD , ONDON , .